Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 704 completed

Missions

Open924Completed704All1628
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization III: Uncertainty Set Shrinkage Approximates a Two-Scenario Distributionally Robust ProblemResearch Paper

Why shrink an uncertainty set

Robust optimization (RO) protects a decision against every parameter value in an uncertainty set. For a decision vvv and a parameter x∈Rmx \in \mathbb{R}^mx∈Rm with objective f(v,x)f(v, x)f(v,x) to be maximized, the robust problem around a nominal parameter x0x_0x0​ with a deviation set Δ\DeltaΔ is

max⁡vmin⁡xδ∈Δf(v,x0+xδ).\max_{v} \min_{x_\delta \in \Delta} f(v, x_0 + x_\delta).vmax​xδ​∈Δmin​f(v,x0​+xδ​).

When deviations are not adversarial, this formulation is known to be conservative (Delage and Mannor, 2010; Xu and Mannor, NIPS 2006). A common remedy in practice is uncertainty set shrinkage: fix α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) and solve the same problem over the shrunken set αΔ={αx:x∈Δ}\alpha\Delta = \{\alpha x : x \in \Delta\}αΔ={αx:x∈Δ}. The heuristic is easy to implement, but the meaning of the set αΔ\alpha\DeltaαΔ is unclear, and it has lacked a justification.

Section 4.2 of Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (2012) supplies one, using the paper's distributional interpretation of RO: the shrunken problem approximately solves a distributionally robust stochastic program (DRSP) with two scenarios. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 4.1, and its two corollaries.

Setting

Let Rm\mathbb{R}^mRm carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ and its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra, and let P\mathcal PP be the set of Borel probability measures on Rm\mathbb{R}^mRm. Let VVV be any set of decisions and f:V×Rm→Rf : V \times \mathbb{R}^m \to \mathbb{R}f:V×Rm→R. Fix x0∈Rmx_0 \in \mathbb{R}^mx0​∈Rm, a deviation set Δ⊆Rm\Delta \subseteq \mathbb{R}^mΔ⊆Rm, and α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1). Write x0+Δ={x0+x:x∈Δ}x_0 + \Delta = \{x_0 + x : x \in \Delta\}x0​+Δ={x0​+x:x∈Δ}.

The two-scenario set is

P^′={μ∈P∣μ({x0})≥1−α, μ(x0+Δ)=1}.\hat{\mathcal P}' = \{\mu \in \mathcal P \mid \mu(\{x_0\}) \ge 1-\alpha,\ \mu(x_0 + \Delta) = 1\}.P^′={μ∈P∣μ({x0​})≥1−α, μ(x0​+Δ)=1}.

A distribution in P^′\hat{\mathcal P}'P^′ describes a system that is, with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α, in a normal state where the parameter equals x0x_0x0​, and otherwise in an abnormal state where the parameter deviates by an element of Δ\DeltaΔ. The DRSP value of a decision vvv is inf⁡μ∈P^′∫f(v,x) dμ(x)\inf_{\mu \in \hat{\mathcal P}'} \int f(v, x)\, d\mu(x)infμ∈P^′​∫f(v,x)dμ(x).

Two further quantities enter. The radius of the deviation set is D=max⁡x∈Δ∥x∥2D = \max_{x \in \Delta} \|x\|_2D=maxx∈Δ​∥x∥2​. The curvature bound is a constant h≥0h \ge 0h≥0 with

−hI⪯Hv(x)⪯hIfor all v,x,-hI \preceq H_v(x) \preceq hI \quad \text{for all } v, x,−hI⪯Hv​(x)⪯hIfor all v,x,

where Hv(x)H_v(x)Hv​(x) is the Hessian of f(v,⋅)f(v, \cdot)f(v,⋅) at xxx and ⪯\preceq⪯ is the positive-semidefinite order. In the Lean development these are scenarioSet x₀ Δ (1 - α), drspValue, devRadius Δ and HasBoundedHessian (f v) h, all in the namespace DistInterpRO.Shrinkage.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 104)

If f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅) is twice differentiable with −hI⪯Hv(x)⪯hI-hI \preceq H_v(x) \preceq hI−hI⪯Hv​(x)⪯hI for all v,xv, xv,x, then for all vvv

inf⁡μ∈P^′∫f(v,x) dμ(x)−αD2h  ≤  min⁡xδ∈αΔf(v,x0+xδ)  ≤  inf⁡μ∈P^′∫f(v,x) dμ(x)+αD2h.\inf_{\mu \in \hat{\mathcal P}'} \int f(v,x)\,d\mu(x) - \alpha D^2 h \;\le\; \min_{x_\delta \in \alpha\Delta} f(v, x_0 + x_\delta) \;\le\; \inf_{\mu \in \hat{\mathcal P}'} \int f(v,x)\,d\mu(x) + \alpha D^2 h.μ∈P^′inf​∫f(v,x)dμ(x)−αD2h≤xδ​∈αΔmin​f(v,x0​+xδ​)≤μ∈P^′inf​∫f(v,x)dμ(x)+αD2h.

Milestones (the displays of the proof on p. 105)

  1. The mean-value step f(v,x0+x1)=f(v,x0)+gv(x0+βx1)x1f(v, x_0 + x_1) = f(v, x_0) + g_v(x_0 + \beta x_1)x_1f(v,x0​+x1​)=f(v,x0​)+gv​(x0​+βx1​)x1​ for some β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0,1]β∈[0,1], where gvg_vgv​ is the gradient of f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅).
  2. The gradient bound ∥gv(x0+βx1)−gv(x0+αβ′x1)∥≤h∥βx1−αβ′x1∥≤h∥x1∥≤hD\|g_v(x_0 + \beta x_1) - g_v(x_0 + \alpha\beta' x_1)\| \le h\|\beta x_1 - \alpha\beta' x_1\| \le h\|x_1\| \le hD∥gv​(x0​+βx1​)−gv​(x0​+αβ′x1​)∥≤h∥βx1​−αβ′x1​∥≤h∥x1​∥≤hD, stated together with the general fact that the Hessian bound makes gvg_vgv​ hhh-Lipschitz.
  3. The pointwise sandwich: for x1∈Δx_1 \in \Deltax1​∈Δ, f(v,x0+αx1)f(v, x_0 + \alpha x_1)f(v,x0​+αx1​) lies within αD2h\alpha D^2 hαD2h of (1−α)f(v,x0)+αf(v,x0+x1)(1-\alpha) f(v, x_0) + \alpha f(v, x_0 + x_1)(1−α)f(v,x0​)+αf(v,x0​+x1​).
  4. The min sandwich: min⁡αΔf(v,x0+⋅)\min_{\alpha\Delta} f(v, x_0 + \cdot)minαΔ​f(v,x0​+⋅) lies within αD2h\alpha D^2 hαD2h of (1−α)f(v,x0)+αmin⁡Δf(v,x0+⋅)(1-\alpha) f(v, x_0) + \alpha \min_{\Delta} f(v, x_0 + \cdot)(1−α)f(v,x0​)+αminΔ​f(v,x0​+⋅).
  5. The two-scenario value: (1−α)f(v,x0)+αmin⁡xδ∈Δf(v,x0+xδ)=inf⁡μ∈P^′∫f(v,x) dμ(x)(1-\alpha) f(v, x_0) + \alpha \min_{x_\delta\in\Delta} f(v, x_0 + x_\delta) = \inf_{\mu \in \hat{\mathcal P}'} \int f(v,x)\,d\mu(x)(1−α)f(v,x0​)+αminxδ​∈Δ​f(v,x0​+xδ​)=infμ∈P^′​∫f(v,x)dμ(x), which the paper derives from its Corollary 5.2 (p. 107).

Further results

Corollary 4.2 (p. 104): if every f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅) is linear, the shrunken value equals the DRSP value exactly. Corollary 4.3 (p. 105): if Δ\DeltaΔ is star shaped, every f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅) is convex with f(v,x0)−min⁡Δf(v,x0+⋅)≥1f(v, x_0) - \min_{\Delta} f(v, x_0 + \cdot) \ge 1f(v,x0​)−minΔ​f(v,x0​+⋅)≥1 and has Hessian bounded by hhh, then the shrunken value lies between the DRSP values over P^′′\hat{\mathcal P}''P^′′ and P^′\hat{\mathcal P}'P^′, where P^′′\hat{\mathcal P}''P^′′ requires only μ({x0})≥max⁡(0,1−α−αD2h)\mu(\{x_0\}) \ge \max(0, 1-\alpha-\alpha D^2 h)μ({x0​})≥max(0,1−α−αD2h).

Significance

The result gives a physical meaning to the parameter α\alphaα of the shrinkage heuristic: 1−α1-\alpha1−α is a lower bound on the probability that the system is in its nominal state. The error αD2h\alpha D^2 hαD2h vanishes when the objective is linear in the parameter (Corollary 4.2), which covers linear programs with uncertain costs and Markov decision processes with uncertain rewards; in that case shrinkage is exactly a two-scenario DRSP. The paper also shows by example (p. 104) that without a curvature condition the two problems can differ, so the Hessian bound is the operative hypothesis.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it adds a checked link between the discrete two-point structure of the DRSP value and the smooth analysis of the shrunken minimum, with every standing hypothesis written out (see below). The mean-value and gradient-Lipschitz steps are general facts about functions on Euclidean space with bounded Hessian and are reusable elsewhere.

Difficulty

Two points need care. First, the step from the Hessian bound −hI⪯Hv⪯hI-hI \preceq H_v \preceq hI−hI⪯Hv​⪯hI, a bound on a quadratic form, to the Lipschitz bound on the gradient requires the operator norm of the Hessian, which equals the largest absolute value of its quadratic form only because the Hessian is symmetric; symmetry of second derivatives must be invoked for a function that is merely twice (Fréchet) differentiable, not twice continuously differentiable. Second, the DRSP value is an infimum over an infinite-dimensional set of measures; identifying it with the two-point value requires both a construction of a near-optimal measure and a lower bound valid for every admissible measure, including measures that spread their abnormal mass over all of x0+Δx_0 + \Deltax0​+Δ.

Formalization scope

Rm\mathbb{R}^mRm is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. Measures are Measures, and membership in P^′\hat{\mathcal P}'P^′ includes IsProbabilityMeasure. Infima are real infima over subtypes; integrals are Bochner integrals.

The formalization makes the following readings explicit:

  1. Δ\DeltaΔ is compact. The page writes min over αΔ\alpha\DeltaαΔ and max over Δ\DeltaΔ, which presuppose attainment. Compactness together with continuity of f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅) gives attainment, a finite DDD, finite integrals and measurability of x0+Δx_0 + \Deltax0​+Δ. The goal additionally states that the minimum over αΔ\alpha\DeltaαΔ is attained.
  2. 0∈Δ0 \in \Delta0∈Δ. Without it P^′\hat{\mathcal P}'P^′ is empty, since μ({x0})≥1−α>0\mu(\{x_0\}) \ge 1-\alpha > 0μ({x0​})≥1−α>0 and μ(x0+Δ)=1\mu(x_0+\Delta)=1μ(x0​+Δ)=1 force x0∈x0+Δx_0 \in x_0 + \Deltax0​∈x0​+Δ. The page's two-scenario reading presupposes it. In Corollary 4.3 it follows from star-shapedness once Δ\DeltaΔ is nonempty, and nonemptiness is added there.
  3. Twice differentiable with bounded Hessian means that f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅) and its derivative are differentiable everywhere and ∣D2f(v,⋅)(x)[y,y]∣≤h∥y∥22|D^2 f(v,\cdot)(x)[y,y]| \le h\|y\|_2^2∣D2f(v,⋅)(x)[y,y]∣≤h∥y∥22​ for all x,yx, yx,y. The constant hhh is one constant for all vvv.
  4. The minima over Δ\DeltaΔ and αΔ\alpha\DeltaαΔ are written as infima, which equal the minima under the hypotheses above.

The Lean functions drspValue and devRadius return 000 on an empty or unbounded input; the hypotheses above exclude those inputs, so no statement holds through a junk value. A formalization that dropped 0∈Δ0 \in \Delta0∈Δ would make the inequalities hold or fail for the wrong reason and is ruled out.

Contributions welcome: the Lipschitz-gradient lemma for bounded Hessians in Euclidean space, the evaluation of the two-scenario DRSP value, and the combination into Theorem 4.1 and its corollaries.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(1):95–110, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0531
  • E. Delage, S. Mannor, Percentile Optimization for Markov Decision Processes with Parameter Uncertainty, Operations Research 58(1):203–213, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0685
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization under Moment Uncertainty with Applications to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, C. Caramanis, Theory and Applications of Robust Optimization, SIAM Review 53(3):464–501, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/080734510
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization I: Robust Optimization over Overlapping Uncertainty Sets Equals a Distributionally Robust Stochastic ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization (RO) protects a decision against every realisation of an uncertain parameter in a prescribed uncertainty set; distributionally robust stochastic programming (DRSP) protects it against every probability distribution in a prescribed distribution set. The two paradigms are usually treated separately. When the n uncertain parameters live in different spaces, it is folklore that RO over a product of sets is DRSP over the distributions supported on that product (Delage and Ye, Operations Research 2010).

In data-driven problems the situation is different: the parameters x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ are samples, and all of them lie in the same space Rm\mathbb R^mRm. Robustifying each sample by its own uncertainty set Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​ gives the objective ∑iciinf⁡xi∈Zif(xi)\sum_i c_i\inf_{x_i\in\mathcal Z_i}f(x_i)∑i​ci​infxi​∈Zi​​f(xi​), and the sets Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​ typically overlap. Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (Math. Oper. Res. 2012) show that this objective is again a worst-case expectation, now over distributions on Rm\mathbb R^mRm itself rather than on Rm×n\mathbb R^{m\times n}Rm×n. This equivalence is what the same paper uses to prove that box-robust sample average optimisation is statistically consistent, and to explain the shrinkage heuristic of RO.

Setting

Let m,n≥1m,n\ge1m,n≥1 and write [1:n]={1,…,n}[1:n]=\{1,\dots,n\}[1:n]={1,…,n}. Let P\mathcal PP be the set of Borel probability measures on Rm\mathbb R^mRm. The data are:

  • a measurable utility f:Rm→Rf:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:Rm→R (the decision variable is suppressed);
  • weights c1,…,cn>0c_1,\dots,c_n>0c1​,…,cn​>0 with ∑i=1nci=1\sum_{i=1}^n c_i=1∑i=1n​ci​=1;
  • nonempty Borel uncertainty sets Z1,…,Zn⊆Rm\mathcal Z_1,\dots,\mathcal Z_n\subseteq\mathbb R^mZ1​,…,Zn​⊆Rm, which may intersect or coincide.

For S⊆[1:n]S\subseteq[1:n]S⊆[1:n] write ZS=⋃i∈SZi\mathcal Z_S=\bigcup_{i\in S}\mathcal Z_iZS​=⋃i∈S​Zi​ and N=[1:n]N=[1:n]N=[1:n]. The distribution set is

Pn={μ∈P ∣ ∀S⊆[1:n]: μ(ZS)≥∑i∈Sci}.\mathcal P_n=\Big\{\mu\in\mathcal P\ \Big|\ \forall S\subseteq[1:n]:\ \mu(\mathcal Z_S)\ge\sum_{i\in S}c_i\Big\}.Pn​={μ∈P ​ ∀S⊆[1:n]: μ(ZS​)≥i∈S∑​ci​}.

Each μ∈Pn\mu\in\mathcal P_nμ∈Pn​ must give every union of uncertainty sets at least the total weight of its indices. For μ∈P\mu\in\mathcal Pμ∈P the expectation ∫f dμ\int f\,d\mu∫fdμ is the extended integral ∫f+dμ−∫f−dμ∈[−∞,+∞]\int f^+d\mu-\int f^-d\mu\in[-\infty,+\infty]∫f+dμ−∫f−dμ∈[−∞,+∞].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (Eq. (4), pp. 96–97)

∑i=1n[ciinf⁡xi∈Zif(xi)]=inf⁡μ∈Pn∫Rmf(x) dμ(x),\sum_{i=1}^n\Big[c_i\inf_{x_i\in\mathcal Z_i}f(x_i)\Big]=\inf_{\mu\in\mathcal P_n}\int_{\mathbb R^m}f(x)\,d\mu(x),i=1∑n​[ci​xi​∈Zi​inf​f(xi​)]=μ∈Pn​inf​∫Rm​f(x)dμ(x),

as an identity in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], with no boundedness assumption on fff and no disjointness assumption on the Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 2.1, p. 97)

  1. Every μ∈Pn\mu\in\mathcal P_nμ∈Pn​ satisfies μ(Rm∖ZN)=0\mu(\mathbb R^m\setminus\mathcal Z_N)=0μ(Rm∖ZN​)=0, hence ∫Rmf dμ=∫ZNf dμ\int_{\mathbb R^m}f\,d\mu=\int_{\mathcal Z_N}f\,d\mu∫Rm​fdμ=∫ZN​​fdμ.
  2. Weak duality. With fi=inf⁡Ziff_i=\inf_{\mathcal Z_i}ffi​=infZi​​f finite, every α∈R2n\alpha\in\mathbb R^{2^n}α∈R2n satisfying ∑SαS1(x∈ZS)≤f(x)\sum_S\alpha_S\mathbf 1(x\in\mathcal Z_S)\le f(x)∑S​αS​1(x∈ZS​)≤f(x) on ZN\mathcal Z_NZN​ and αS≥0\alpha_S\ge0αS​≥0 for S≠NS\ne NS=N obeys ∑ici∑SαS1(i∈S)≤∑icifi\sum_i c_i\sum_S\alpha_S\mathbf 1(i\in S)\le\sum_i c_if_i∑i​ci​∑S​αS​1(i∈S)≤∑i​ci​fi​.
  3. The nested dual solution. If f1≥⋯≥fnf_1\ge\dots\ge f_nf1​≥⋯≥fn​, the vector with α{1,…,i}=fi−fi+1\alpha_{\{1,\dots,i\}}=f_i-f_{i+1}α{1,…,i}​=fi​−fi+1​, αN=fn\alpha_N=f_nαN​=fn​ and all other coordinates 000 is feasible and has objective ∑icifi\sum_i c_if_i∑i​ci​fi​.

Further statements

  • For pairwise disjoint Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​: Pn={μ∈P∣μ(Zi)=ci, i=1,…,n}\mathcal P_n=\{\mu\in\mathcal P\mid\mu(\mathcal Z_i)=c_i,\ i=1,\dots,n\}Pn​={μ∈P∣μ(Zi​)=ci​, i=1,…,n} (p. 97).
  • Corollary 2.1 (Eq. (5)): inf⁡x′∈Zf(x′)=inf⁡μ∈P, μ(Z)=1∫f dμ\inf_{x'\in\mathcal Z}f(x')=\inf_{\mu\in\mathcal P,\ \mu(\mathcal Z)=1}\int f\,d\muinfx′∈Z​f(x′)=infμ∈P, μ(Z)=1​∫fdμ.
  • Corollary 5.2 (nested distributions, p. 107): for Z1⊆⋯⊆Zn\mathcal Z_1\subseteq\dots\subseteq\mathcal Z_nZ1​⊆⋯⊆Zn​ and 0=p0<p1<⋯<pn=10=p_0<p_1<\dots<p_n=10=p0​<p1​<⋯<pn​=1,
inf⁡μ∈P, μ(Zi)≥pi ∀i∫f dμ=∑i=1n(pi−pi−1)inf⁡xi∈Zif(xi).\inf_{\mu\in\mathcal P,\ \mu(\mathcal Z_i)\ge p_i\ \forall i}\int f\,d\mu=\sum_{i=1}^n(p_i-p_{i-1})\inf_{x_i\in\mathcal Z_i}f(x_i).μ∈P, μ(Zi​)≥pi​ ∀iinf​∫fdμ=i=1∑n​(pi​−pi−1​)xi​∈Zi​inf​f(xi​).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 turns a robust problem with overlapping uncertainty sets into a distributionally robust one on the original space Rm\mathbb R^mRm. This is what allows distributions in Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ to be compared with the true data-generating distribution as nnn grows: in §3 of the paper a kernel density estimator is shown to lie in Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ for box uncertainty sets, which yields consistency of box-robust sample average optimisation (Theorem 3.1); in §4.2 the nested-distribution form (Corollary 5.2) explains why shrinking an uncertainty set approximates a two-scenario DRSP (Theorem 4.1). The disjoint case recovers the classical product-space equivalence.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, through the strong duality of a semi-infinite linear program (Isii 1962). It has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces the equivalence as an identity of extended reals, together with a reusable definition of the union-mass distribution set. A proof need not follow the paper's duality route; any correct argument is welcome.

Difficulty

The inequality ≥\ge≥ from the left side is the easy half: point masses ∑iciδxi\sum_ic_i\delta_{x_i}∑i​ci​δxi​​ with xi∈Zix_i\in\mathcal Z_ixi​∈Zi​ belong to Pn\mathcal P_nPn​. The substance is the reverse bound, that no μ∈Pn\mu\in\mathcal P_nμ∈Pn​ can do better than ∑icifi\sum_ic_if_i∑i​ci​fi​. For disjoint sets this is immediate, since μ(Zi)=ci\mu(\mathcal Z_i)=c_iμ(Zi​)=ci​. For overlapping sets a measure may place mass in intersections, and a single point of Zi∩Zj\mathcal Z_i\cap\mathcal Z_jZi​∩Zj​ can serve several indices at once; the constraint family over all 2n2^n2n subsets is what prevents this, and the bound has to exploit the whole family, not the singleton constraints. The paper does this by appeal to semi-infinite LP duality, a theorem that Mathlib does not contain. Measure-theoretic side conditions (unbounded Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​, infinite integrals, infima equal to −∞-\infty−∞) must also be handled rather than assumed away.

Formalization scope

  • Rm\mathbb R^mRm is Fin m → ℝ with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; no norm is used. Indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n are Fin n, subsets are Finset (Fin n), and {1,…,i}\{1,\dots,i\}{1,…,i} is Finset.Iic i.
  • Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ is a Set (Measure (Fin m → ℝ)) whose membership includes IsProbabilityMeasure; the constraint is imposed for every subset, ∅\emptyset∅ and [1:n][1:n][1:n] included.
  • ∫f dμ\int f\,d\mu∫fdμ is expect μ f, defined in EReal as the difference of two lower Lebesgue integrals, ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f−. The Bochner integral is not used, because its value 000 on non-integrable functions would falsify Eq. (4). Both sides of Eq. (4) are EReal infima; the left infimum ranges over the nonempty set Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​.
  • Readings of the printed statements. (i) The paper allows fff to take the value −∞-\infty−∞; here fff is real-valued. The excluded case is the one the proof disposes of in its first sentence, where both sides are −∞-\infty−∞. (ii) No boundedness hypothesis is added: when some inf⁡Zif=−∞\inf_{\mathcal Z_i}f=-\inftyinfZi​​f=−∞ both sides are −∞-\infty−∞, and otherwise every μ∈Pn\mu\in\mathcal P_nμ∈Pn​ has a finite negative part. (iii) Corollary 2.1 prints "f:R∪{−∞}f:\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\}f:R∪{−∞}" without a domain; it is read as f:Rm→Rf:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:Rm→R. (iv) Corollary 5.2 is corrected: the paper prints the coefficient (pn−pn−1)(p_n-p_{n-1})(pn​−pn−1​), while its proof sets ci=pi−pi−1c_i=p_i-p_{i-1}ci​=pi​−pi−1​; the printed version is false (for Z1={a}⊆Z2={a,b}\mathcal Z_1=\{a\}\subseteq\mathcal Z_2=\{a,b\}Z1​={a}⊆Z2​={a,b}, f(a)=1f(a)=1f(a)=1, f(b)=0f(b)=0f(b)=0, p1=1/4p_1=1/4p1​=1/4, the left side is 1/41/41/4 and the printed right side 3/43/43/4). The mission states (pi−pi−1)(p_i-p_{i-1})(pi​−pi−1​). (v) The standing hypotheses of Theorem 2.1 (fff measurable, Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​ nonempty Borel) are made explicit in Corollary 5.2.
  • The ordering f1≥⋯≥fnf_1\ge\dots\ge f_nf1​≥⋯≥fn​ is a hypothesis of the nested-dual milestone only, as the proof's "without loss of generality"; the goal does not assume it. Milestones 2 and 3 assume fff bounded below on each Zi\mathcal Z_iZi​ (the proof's first reduction), so that fif_ifi​ is a real number.
  • Ruled out. A Bochner-integral formulation, a restriction to disjoint sets, a distribution set containing non-probability measures, or a set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ defined by the singleton constraints μ(Zi)≥ci\mu(\mathcal Z_i)\ge c_iμ(Zi​)≥ci​ alone would each change or trivialise the theorem; none is used.
  • Definitions (file Model): the set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​, the extended expectation, dual feasibility, and the nested dual vector. The extended expectation and the union-mass distribution set are reusable beyond this mission. Welcome contributions: a proof through semi-infinite LP duality, a direct measure-theoretic proof (for instance a layer-cake argument for the lower bound), and proofs of the corollaries from the goal.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(1):95–110, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0531
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: Shuze Chen

Processing Networks VI: Feedforward and Generalized Jackson Network StabilityTextbook

Motivation

Mission V supplied the general Lyapunov machinery — the extinction criteria of Lemmas 8.5, 8.6 and 8.11 — but a Lyapunov function does not construct itself. For a specific network structure and control policy, one must exhibit a concrete function and verify the drift condition. J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison's Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability (Cambridge University Press, forthcoming; cited here from the authors' pre-publication draft, 2020-4-2, http://spnbook.org) devotes the second half of Chapter 8 to two such constructions, chosen to illustrate the two basic templates every later stability chapter follows: a piecewise-linear Lyapunov function tailored to a structural network property (feedforward routing), and a linear one that works for an unrestricted network but is tailored to a specific control policy (head-of-line proportional service, HLSPS). Together they cover, as a corollary, the generalized Jackson network — the classical multiclass queueing network with one server per class — under ordinary non-idling FCFS.

Setting

A queueing network (Section 2.6, restated from mission IV) is feedforward (Definition 8.13) if its stations admit a numbering under which no station routes work to a lower-numbered one (feedback to the same station is still allowed). The workload operator W(z):=AM(I−P′)−1zW(z) := AM(I-P')^{-1}zW(z):=AM(I−P′)−1z (Eq. 8.24) gives, for any buffer-contents vector zzz, the total service effort each pool would need to drain zzz to emptiness with no further arrivals; the load vector of the standard load condition is ρ=W(λ)\rho = W(\lambda)ρ=W(λ) (Eq. 8.25), and the total arrival rate vector α\alphaα (including internally routed traffic) is the unique solution of the traffic equations α=λ+P′α\alpha = \lambda + P'\alphaα=λ+P′α. A queueing network under HLSPS control (Definition 8.17) splits each pool's capacity among its classes in fixed proportions γi:=αimi/ρp(i)\gamma_i := \alpha_i m_i/\rho_{p(i)}γi​:=αi​mi​/ρp(i)​ (Eq. 8.30) — a policy general enough to reduce, for a generalized Jackson network (one class per pool), to ordinary non-idling FCFS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.18 — HLSPS control is stable under the standard load condition

For any queueing network under HLSPS control with proportion vector γ\gammaγ, if

ρ<b(the standard load condition, Eq. 5.1),\rho < b \qquad (\text{the standard load condition, Eq. 5.1}),ρ<b(the standard load condition, Eq. 5.1),

the corresponding fluid model is stable, and hence (Theorem 6.2) the network itself is stable under HLSPS control. This is the weaker of the two possible capstones only in the sense that it fixes one specific policy; it is chosen over Theorem 8.14 as the goal because it needs the full generality of the workload-based linear Lyapunov argument (Lemma 8.20) with no structural restriction on the network's routing, whereas Theorem 8.14 trades policy generality for a feedforward restriction.

Supporting milestones

Lemma 8.15 isolates the workload derivative identity W˙k(Z(t))=ρk−bk\dot W_k(Z(t)) = \rho_k - b_kW˙k​(Z(t))=ρk​−bk​ at a busy station under any non-idling policy — the calculational engine both Theorem 8.14 and (via Lemma 8.20's analogous linear-potential argument) Theorem 8.18 rely on. Theorem 8.14 shows a feedforward network is stable under any non-idling policy, via a piecewise-linear Lyapunov function built from the routing matrix's block-triangular structure. Lemma 8.20 (numbered in the book but omitted from this mission's planning brief — added here, see STATUS.md) is the direct structural engine behind the goal theorem: a uniform excess departure rate over the total arrival rate at every non-empty class forces extinction. Corollary 8.19 specializes Theorem 8.18 to generalized Jackson networks, where HLSPS provably reduces to non-idling FCFS.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 8.18 is the book's demonstration that dropping a structural network restriction (feedforward) is possible at the cost of committing to one specific, practically implementable control policy — and Corollary 8.19 shows this specific policy's stability theorem recovers, as a special case, the folklore stability result for the classical multiclass Jackson network under FCFS, arguably the single most studied queueing model in the field. Theorem 8.14, in turn, is the sharpest possible policy-agnostic statement: for feedforward networks, subcriticality alone (with no assumption at all beyond non-idling) suffices.

Formalizing it. Searches for "Jackson network" and "workload" (q=Jackson%20network, q=workload) return no relevant results (per triage.json); this mission is a from-scratch formalization of feedforward networks, the workload operator, HLSPS control, and their stability theorems, building directly on mission III's Theorem 6.2 and mission V's Lyapunov criteria.

Difficulty

Theorem 8.14's proof needs a genuinely delicate construction: a sequence of positive weights δk\delta_kδk​, chosen via the routing matrix's block-triangular structure (guaranteed by feedforwardness) so that the piecewise-linear function H(z)=max⁡kδkWk(z)H(z) = \max_k \delta_k W_k(z)H(z)=maxk​δk​Wk​(z) is positive-definite and has the right drift everywhere — an inductive argument over stations that does not generalize to non-feedforward networks, which is exactly why Theorem 8.18 needs an entirely different (linear, policy-specific) argument rather than a direct strengthening of 8.14's. A second, more subtle difficulty is that Theorem 8.14 and Theorem 8.18 are not related as special case and generalization in the book's own proof structure, despite their overlapping conclusions on feedforward networks under FCFS-like policies: 8.14 is agnostic to policy but needs feedforward structure, while 8.18 is agnostic to structure but needs the specific HLSPS policy — formalizing one as a corollary of the other would misrepresent the book's actual logical dependencies.

Formalization scope

Mission IV's queueing-network model data and fluid-equation specialization are restated locally (drafts in this series do not import one another). The workload operator's matrix inverse (I−P′)−1(I-P')^{-1}(I−P′)−1 is supplied as external data with its defining two-sided-inverse property, rather than derived from substochasticity/transience hypotheses on PPP (Chapter 2 material, out of series scope) — the same convention mission III used for its process-family apparatus. The non-idling and HLSPS fluid models are each packaged as their own predicate plus a Definition-6.3-style stability specialization, and Corollary 8.19 deliberately reuses the non-idling stability object (not a separately restated "FCFS fluid model") since the book's own remark identifies the two exactly for generalized Jackson networks. A formalization that stated Theorem 8.14 as a corollary of Theorem 8.18, or vice versa, would misrepresent the chapter's actual proof architecture (see Difficulty); this mission keeps them as independent milestones/ goal, per BRIEF.md's own instruction. Lemma 8.20, numbered and within this chunk's page range but absent from the planning brief's disposition table, is added as a milestone rather than silently dropped, since it is the structural step the goal theorem's own proof cites by name. QueueingNetworkData, workloadOperator, IsFeedforward, and the non-idling/HLSPS fluid-model predicates are the primary reusable contributions; contributions completing the five by sorry proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison, Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability, Cambridge University Press (forthcoming), pre-publication draft 2020-4-2. http://spnbook.org
  • J. G. Dai, "On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models," Annals of Applied Probability 5 (1995), 49–77.
  • M. Bramson, "Convergence to equilibria for fluid models of FIFO queueing networks," Queueing Systems 22 (1996), 5–45.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models 1: Second-Degree Stochastic Dominance Is Dominance of Absolute Lorenz CurvesResearch Paper

Motivation

Comparing uncertain outcomes is the basic problem of decision making under risk. Second-degree stochastic dominance (SSD) is the comparison that every risk-averse decision maker who prefers larger outcomes agrees with: XXX dominates YYY in this sense exactly when E U(X)≥E U(Y)\mathbb E\,U(X)\ge\mathbb E\,U(Y)EU(X)≥EU(Y) for every nondecreasing concave utility UUU for which the expectations are finite. The relation grew out of majorization theory for finite distributions (Hardy, Littlewood and Pólya) and was extended to general distributions by Rothschild and Stiglitz and by Hadar and Russell around 1970; it is the standard consistency requirement for portfolio models and for risk measures in operations research and finance.

SSD is defined through the distribution function, which is awkward in optimization: portfolio returns are linear in the decision variables, but their distribution functions are not. Ogryczak and Ruszczyński (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78) showed that SSD has an equivalent dual description through the integrated quantile function, the absolute Lorenz curve, and that the two descriptions are related by Fenchel conjugation. That dual description underlies the later theory of SSD-constrained optimization (Dentcheva and Ruszczyński, SIAM J. Optim. 14 (2003)) and the use of conditional value-at-risk as an SSD-consistent risk measure.

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,B,P)(\Omega,\mathcal B,\mathbb P)(Ω,B,P) and real random variables X,Y:Ω→RX,Y:\Omega\to\mathbb RX,Y:Ω→R with E∣X∣<∞\mathbb E|X|<\inftyE∣X∣<∞, E∣Y∣<∞\mathbb E|Y|<\inftyE∣Y∣<∞.

  • The distribution function is FX(η)=P{X≤η}F_X(\eta)=\mathbb P\{X\le\eta\}FX​(η)=P{X≤η} (Lean: distFun P X).
  • The second performance function is the area below it, FX(2)(η)=∫−∞ηFX(ξ) dξF_X^{(2)}(\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}F_X(\xi)\,d\xiFX(2)​(η)=∫−∞η​FX​(ξ)dξ (secondPerformance P X, eq. (2.1)).
  • SSD: X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y iff FX(2)(η)≤FY(2)(η)F_X^{(2)}(\eta)\le F_Y^{(2)}(\eta)FX(2)​(η)≤FY(2)​(η) for every η∈R\eta\in\mathbb Rη∈R (SSD P X Y, eq. (2.2)). The dominating variable has the smaller curve.
  • The first quantile function is the left-continuous inverse FX(−1)(p)=inf⁡{η:FX(η)≥p}F_X^{(-1)}(p)=\inf\{\eta:F_X(\eta)\ge p\}FX(−1)​(p)=inf{η:FX​(η)≥p}, 0<p≤10<p\le10<p≤1 (leftQuantile P X). A number qqq is a ppp-quantile if P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q}\mathbb P\{X<q\}\le p\le\mathbb P\{X\le q\}P{X<q}≤p≤P{X≤q} (IsPQuantile P X p q).
  • The second quantile function (absolute Lorenz curve) FX(−2):R→R‾F_X^{(-2)}:\mathbb R\to\overline{\mathbb R}FX(−2)​:R→R is FX(−2)(p)=∫0pFX(−1)(α) dαF_X^{(-2)}(p)=\int_0^pF_X^{(-1)}(\alpha)\,d\alphaFX(−2)​(p)=∫0p​FX(−1)​(α)dα for 0≤p≤10\le p\le10≤p≤1 and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise (secondQuantile P X, eq. (3.2)).
  • The convex conjugate of F:R→R‾F:\mathbb R\to\overline{\mathbb R}F:R→R is F∗(p)=sup⁡ξ{pξ−F(ξ)}F^*(p)=\sup_\xi\{p\xi-F(\xi)\}F∗(p)=supξ​{pξ−F(ξ)} (conj F), and ∂f(η)\partial f(\eta)∂f(η) is the subdifferential of a real function fff at η\etaη (subdiff f η).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

X⪰SSDY  ⟺  FX(−2)(p)≥FY(−2)(p)for all 0≤p≤1.X\succeq_{SSD}Y\iff F_X^{(-2)}(p)\ge F_Y^{(-2)}(p)\quad\text{for all }0\le p\le1.X⪰SSD​Y⟺FX(−2)​(p)≥FY(−2)​(p)for all 0≤p≤1.

Both directions are required, and the range of ppp includes both endpoints (at p=1p=1p=1 the right-hand side contains EX≥EY\mathbb EX\ge\mathbb EYEX≥EY).

Milestones, in the order the argument uses them

  1. (2.4): FX(2)(η)=∫−∞η(η−ξ) PX(dξ)=Emax⁡(η−X,0)F_X^{(2)}(\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}(\eta-\xi)\,P_X(d\xi)=\mathbb E\max(\eta-X,0)FX(2)​(η)=∫−∞η​(η−ξ)PX​(dξ)=Emax(η−X,0).
  2. §2, p. 62: FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ is continuous, convex, nonnegative and nondecreasing.
  3. §3, p. 64: for p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1) the ppp-quantiles form a closed interval with left end FX(−1)(p)F_X^{(-1)}(p)FX(−1)​(p).
  4. (3.3): ∂FX(2)(η)=[P{X<η},P{X≤η}]\partial F_X^{(2)}(\eta)=[\mathbb P\{X<\eta\},\mathbb P\{X\le\eta\}]∂FX(2)​(η)=[P{X<η},P{X≤η}] for every η\etaη.
  5. Theorem 3.1(i): FX(−2)=[FX(2)]∗F_X^{(-2)}=[F_X^{(2)}]^*FX(−2)​=[FX(2)​]∗ on all of R\mathbb RR.
  6. Theorem 3.1(ii): FX(2)=[FX(−2)]∗F_X^{(2)}=[F_X^{(-2)}]^*FX(2)​=[FX(−2)​]∗ on all of R\mathbb RR.

A companion item, Corollary 3.3, states the four equivalent characterizations of a ppp-quantile (quantile condition, attainment in either conjugate, and the Fenchel–Young equality FX(−2)(p)+FX(2)(η)=pηF_X^{(-2)}(p)+F_X^{(2)}(\eta)=p\etaFX(−2)​(p)+FX(2)​(η)=pη).

Significance

Theorem 3.2 converts a condition on distribution functions into a condition on integrated quantiles. Its consequences in the paper include the SSD consistency of the mean–risk models built on tail means (conditional value-at-risk), on the Gini mean difference and on the mean absolute deviation from a quantile, and the linear-programming representations of those models for finitely many scenarios; the companion mission Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models 2 builds on the same objects. Theorem 3.1 is the precise statement that FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ and FX(−2)F_X^{(-2)}FX(−2)​ form a conjugate pair; Corollary 3.3 identifies the subgradients of each with the quantiles of XXX.

All results here are proved in the paper, and the quantile characterization of the increasing concave order also appears in the stochastic-orders literature. None of them is formalized: Mathlib at the pinned revision has ProbabilityTheory.cdf but no convex conjugate on the extended reals, no subdifferential of a real function, no quantile function and no stochastic dominance. The mission produces a machine-checked account of the quantile side of SSD, with the conjugacy stated exactly, including the value +∞+\infty+∞ off [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Difficulty

The naive route to Theorem 3.2 compares FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ and FY(2)F_Y^{(2)}FY(2)​ through the quantile functions directly, but the first quantiles F(−1)F^{(-1)}F(−1) need not be ordered when X⪰SSDYX\succeq_{SSD}YX⪰SSD​Y (the paper notes this on p. 65), so no pointwise argument on quantiles works. The equivalence rests on Theorem 3.1, and there the hard part is computing the conjugate of FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ for a general distribution: atoms of XXX make FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ nondifferentiable and flat pieces of FXF_XFX​ make the maximizer non-unique, so the subdifferential (3.3) and the interval of ppp-quantiles must be handled as sets, and the endpoints p=0,1p=0,1p=0,1 (where the supremum need not be attained) and p∉[0,1]p\notin[0,1]p∈/[0,1] (where it is +∞+\infty+∞) must be treated separately. Part (ii) is a biconjugation statement for a closed convex function, whose general form is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • One probability space (Ω, P) with [IsProbabilityMeasure P] carries both XXX and YYY; nothing depends on anything but the laws, and no independence is assumed.
  • FX(η)F_X(\eta)FX​(η) is P.real {ω | X ω ≤ η}; FX(2)F_X^{(2)}FX(2)​ is a Bochner integral over Set.Iic η; FX(−2)F_X^{(-2)}FX(−2)​ is an interval integral over (0,p](0,p](0,p], placed in EReal, with ⊤ off [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • The conjugate is ⨆ ξ, ((p * ξ : ℝ) : EReal) - F ξ in the complete lattice EReal, so terms where F=+∞F=+\inftyF=+∞ contribute −∞-\infty−∞, exactly the paper's convention.
  • Standing assumption. Every item using F(2)F^{(2)}F(2) or F(−2)F^{(-2)}F(−2) assumes Integrable X P (and Integrable Y P in the goal). This is the paper's own hypothesis E∣X∣<∞\mathbb E|X|<\inftyE∣X∣<∞ (p. 65, and the hypothesis of Theorem 3.1), not a repair. The ppp-quantile milestone assumes only AEMeasurable X P.
  • Quantile at p=1p=1p=1. FX(−1)F_X^{(-1)}FX(−1)​ is a real sInf. It is the true infimum for 0<p<10<p<10<p<1; at p=1p=1p=1 the paper's value can be +∞+\infty+∞ while sInf ∅ = 0. This one point does not affect (3.2), and no item states anything about FX(−1)(1)F_X^{(-1)}(1)FX(−1)​(1).
  • Omitted. The conditional-expectation form P{X≤η} E{η−X∣X≤η}\mathbb P\{X\le\eta\}\,\mathbb E\{\eta-X\mid X\le\eta\}P{X≤η}E{η−X∣X≤η} in (2.4) is not stated, since it is undefined when P{X≤η}=0\mathbb P\{X\le\eta\}=0P{X≤η}=0.
  • Trivializing encodings are ruled out. F(2)F^{(2)}F(2) is defined by (2.1), not as Emax⁡(η−X,0)\mathbb E\max(\eta-X,0)Emax(η−X,0), and F(−2)F^{(-2)}F(−2) by (3.2), not as a conjugate; either shortcut would make a milestone or Theorem 3.1 true by definition.
  • Infrastructure and reuse. Welcome contributions: the extended-real conjugate and Fenchel–Young inequality on R\mathbb RR, biconjugation of closed convex functions of one variable, subdifferentials of integrals of monotone functions, and the basic theory of left quantiles (the quantile transform FX(−1)(U)∼XF_X^{(-1)}(U)\sim XFX(−1)​(U)∼X). These are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by mission 2 of this series and by any formalization of conditional value-at-risk. The platform's VectorSpaceOpt.fenchel_biconjugate_on and ConvexOptimization.fenchelConjugate concern real-valued conjugates on other spaces and are related but not reused.

Selected references

  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13(1) (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorems 12.2 and 23.5 are used in the paper's proofs). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • M. Rothschild, J. E. Stiglitz, Increasing risk: I. A definition, J. Econom. Theory 2 (1970) 225–243. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(70)90038-4
  • J. Hadar, W. R. Russell, Rules for ordering uncertain prospects, Amer. Econom. Rev. 59 (1969) 25–34. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1811090
  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 14(2) (2003) 548–566. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Logistic Regression II: Worst- and Best-Case Misclassification Risks over a Wasserstein Ball Are Linear ProgramsResearch Paper

Motivation

A logistic regression model is fitted on finitely many samples, and the quantity a practitioner cares about is the misclassification risk of the fitted classifier on new data. Its empirical counterpart, the training error, is biased downwards, and classical generalization bounds give it an additive margin that depends on a complexity measure of the model class rather than on the data at hand.

Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (NIPS 2015) take a distributionally robust route. They surround the empirical distribution of the training data by a ball of distributions in the Wasserstein metric and, for a given weight vector, compute the largest and the smallest misclassification probability over that ball. Their Theorem 3 shows that both extremes are optimal values of explicit linear programs. Combined with a measure-concentration result for the empirical distribution in the Wasserstein metric (Fournier and Guillin, PTRF 2015), the two values bracket the true risk with a prescribed confidence. The same Wasserstein-ball construction underlies the data-driven optimization framework of Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (Math. Program. 2018).

Setting

Let VVV be the feature space Rn\mathbb R^nRn with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and let labels take the values y∈{−1,+1}y\in\{-1,+1\}y∈{−1,+1}. The feature-label space is Ξ=V×{−1,+1}\Xi = V\times\{-1,+1\}Ξ=V×{−1,+1} with points ξ=(x,y)\xi=(x,y)ξ=(x,y). A weight vector β\betaβ acts on features by x↦⟨β,x⟩x\mapsto\langle\beta,x\ranglex↦⟨β,x⟩; its dual norm is ∥β∥∗=sup⁡∥x∥≤1⟨β,x⟩\|\beta\|_* = \sup_{\|x\|\le1}\langle\beta,x\rangle∥β∥∗​=sup∥x∥≤1​⟨β,x⟩.

Metric (Definition 2). For a weight κ>0\kappa>0κ>0,

d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ ∣y−y′∣/2.d\big((x,y),(x',y')\big) = \|x-x'\| + \kappa\,|y-y'|/2 .d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ∣y−y′∣/2.

Changing a label costs κ\kappaκ; moving a feature costs its norm distance.

Wasserstein distance (Definition 1). For distributions Q,P\mathbb Q,\mathbb PQ,P on Ξ\XiΞ, W(Q,P)W(\mathbb Q,\mathbb P)W(Q,P) is the infimum of ∫d(ξ,ξ′) Π(dξ,dξ′)\int d(\xi,\xi')\,\Pi(d\xi,d\xi')∫d(ξ,ξ′)Π(dξ,dξ′) over all couplings Π\PiΠ of Q\mathbb QQ and P\mathbb PP. The Wasserstein ball of radius ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0 is Bε(P)={Q:W(Q,P)≤ε}\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\mathbb P) = \{\mathbb Q : W(\mathbb Q,\mathbb P)\le\varepsilon\}Bε​(P)={Q:W(Q,P)≤ε}.

Data. Training samples (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N, define the empirical distribution P^N=1N∑i=1Nδ(x^i,y^i)\hat{\mathbb P}_N = \frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^N​=N1​∑i=1N​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​.

Classifier and risk. Logistic regression models Prob⁡(y∣x)=[1+exp⁡(−y⟨β,x⟩)]−1\operatorname{Prob}(y\mid x) = [1+\exp(-y\langle\beta,x\rangle)]^{-1}Prob(y∣x)=[1+exp(−y⟨β,x⟩)]−1 (eq. (1)). The classifier is fβ(x)=+1f_\beta(x)=+1fβ​(x)=+1 if Prob⁡(+1∣x)>0.5\operatorname{Prob}(+1\mid x)>0.5Prob(+1∣x)>0.5 and −1-1−1 otherwise, and its risk under the data-generating distribution P\mathbb PP is R(β)=P[y≠fβ(x)]\mathfrak R(\beta) = \mathbb P[y\ne f_\beta(x)]R(β)=P[y=fβ​(x)].

Worst- and best-case risks.

Rmax⁡(β)=sup⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}],Rmin⁡(β)=inf⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[1{y⟨β,x⟩<0}].\mathfrak R_{\max}(\beta) = \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\hat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}\big[\mathbb 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle\le0\}}\big],\qquad \mathfrak R_{\min}(\beta) = \inf_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\hat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}\big[\mathbb 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle<0\}}\big].Rmax​(β)=Q∈Bε​(P^N​)sup​EQ[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}​],Rmin​(β)=Q∈Bε​(P^N​)inf​EQ[1{y⟨β,x⟩<0}​].

The worst case counts a nonpositive margin, the best case a strictly negative one.

The linear programs. For data (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), a weight vector β^\hat\betaβ^​ and variables λ∈R\lambda\in\mathbb Rλ∈R, s,r,t∈RNs,r,t\in\mathbb R^Ns,r,t∈RN, program (10a) minimizes λε+1N∑isi\lambda\varepsilon + \frac1N\sum_i s_iλε+N1​∑i​si​ subject to, for every iii,

1−riy^i⟨β^,x^i⟩≤si,1+tiy^i⟨β^,x^i⟩−λκ≤si,ri∥β^∥∗≤λ,ti∥β^∥∗≤λ,ri,ti,si≥0.1 - r_i\hat y_i\langle\hat\beta,\hat x_i\rangle\le s_i,\quad 1 + t_i\hat y_i\langle\hat\beta,\hat x_i\rangle - \lambda\kappa\le s_i,\quad r_i\|\hat\beta\|_*\le\lambda,\quad t_i\|\hat\beta\|_*\le\lambda,\quad r_i,t_i,s_i\ge0 .1−ri​y^​i​⟨β^​,x^i​⟩≤si​,1+ti​y^​i​⟨β^​,x^i​⟩−λκ≤si​,ri​∥β^​∥∗​≤λ,ti​∥β^​∥∗​≤λ,ri​,ti​,si​≥0.

Program (10b) has the same objective and bounds, with the signs of the two margin terms exchanged.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (i)–(ii)

For every κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0, N≥1N\ge1N≥1, all samples and every weight vector β^\hat\betaβ^​, both programs attain their minima vvv and www, and

Rmax⁡(β^)=v,Rmin⁡(β^)=1−w.\mathfrak R_{\max}(\hat\beta) = v,\qquad \mathfrak R_{\min}(\hat\beta) = 1-w .Rmax​(β^​)=v,Rmin​(β^​)=1−w.

The identities hold for each fixed β^\hat\betaβ^​, so they apply to any β^\hat\betaβ^​ computed from the data.

Milestone: Theorem 3(i) alone

Rmax⁡(β^)\mathfrak R_{\max}(\hat\beta)Rmax​(β^​) equals the minimum of (10a).

Milestones: the confidence clauses

If the training samples are i.i.d. from P\mathbb PP and the radius is such that PN{P∈Bε(P^N)}≥1−η\mathbb P^N\{\mathbb P\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\hat{\mathbb P}_N)\}\ge1-\etaPN{P∈Bε​(P^N​)}≥1−η, then for any sample-dependent β^\hat\betaβ^​

PN{R(β^)≤Rmax⁡(β^)}≥1−η,PN{Rmin⁡(β^)≤R(β^)}≥1−η,\mathbb P^N\{\mathfrak R(\hat\beta)\le\mathfrak R_{\max}(\hat\beta)\}\ge1-\eta,\qquad \mathbb P^N\{\mathfrak R_{\min}(\hat\beta)\le\mathfrak R(\hat\beta)\}\ge1-\eta,PN{R(β^​)≤Rmax​(β^​)}≥1−η,PN{Rmin​(β^​)≤R(β^​)}≥1−η, PN{Rmin⁡(β^)≤R(β^)≤Rmax⁡(β^)}≥1−2η.\mathbb P^N\{\mathfrak R_{\min}(\hat\beta)\le\mathfrak R(\hat\beta)\le\mathfrak R_{\max}(\hat\beta)\}\ge1-2\eta .PN{Rmin​(β^​)≤R(β^​)≤Rmax​(β^​)}≥1−2η.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 replaces an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions by a linear program with 3N+13N+13N+1 variables and 4N4N4N constraints plus sign constraints. That makes the worst- and best-case misclassification probabilities computable at the scale of the training set, for any norm on the features whose dual norm can be evaluated. With the confidence clauses, the two values are data-driven upper and lower confidence bounds on the out-of-sample risk of the classifier actually deployed, including one fitted on the same data.

Formalizing it. The paper states Theorem 3 without proof in the main text; the argument is deferred to a technical appendix. No part of it is machine-checked. A formal proof needs the evaluation of a worst-case probability of a closed set over a type-1 Wasserstein ball around a discrete distribution, and the analogous best-case probability of an open set. Both are reusable in any Wasserstein-robust treatment of chance constraints or classification error.

Difficulty

The objective 1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}\mathbf 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle\le0\}}1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}​ is neither continuous nor concave, so the duality theorems for Wasserstein balls stated for continuous or Lipschitz losses do not apply directly. Upper semicontinuity of the indicator of a closed set is what matters, and the strict inequality in Rmin⁡\mathfrak R_{\min}Rmin​ has to be handled as the complement of a closed set. The transport cost couples a norm on the features with a discrete label-flip cost, so a sample can reach the misclassification region either by moving its feature to the hyperplane ⟨β^,x⟩=0\langle\hat\beta,x\rangle=0⟨β^​,x⟩=0 or by flipping its label, and the two options interact through the shared budget ε\varepsilonε. Distances to the hyperplane are measured in the given norm and produce the dual norm ∥β^∥∗\|\hat\beta\|_*∥β^​∥∗​. The degenerate weight β^=0\hat\beta=0β^​=0 (every point on the hyperplane) must come out correctly without any division by ∥β^∥∗\|\hat\beta\|_*∥β^​∥∗​.

Formalization scope

The feature space is a finite-dimensional real normed space V with an arbitrary norm, standing for (Rn,∥⋅∥)(\mathbb R^n,\|\cdot\|)(Rn,∥⋅∥); the Euclidean norm is not assumed. A weight vector is a continuous linear functional V →L[ℝ] ℝ, and ∥β^∥∗\|\hat\beta\|_*∥β^​∥∗​ is its operator norm, which is exactly the dual norm. Labels are Bool with an explicit embedding true↦+1\text{true}\mapsto+1true↦+1, false↦−1\text{false}\mapsto-1false↦−1; the metric of Definition 2 is written literally. The Wasserstein distance is ℝ≥0∞-valued, probabilities and expectations of indicators are measure values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and suprema and infima range exactly over the probability measures in the ball. "min" in (10a)/(10b) is formalized as attainment (IsLeast) of the objective over the feasible set. Samples are indexed by Fin N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1.

The following choices differ from a literal reading of the page:

  • The paper says the risk "can be expressed as" EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}]\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[\mathbb 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle\le0\}}]EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}​]. This fails on the hyperplane ⟨β,x⟩=0\langle\beta,x\rangle=0⟨β,x⟩=0, where fβ(x)=−1f_\beta(x)=-1fβ​(x)=−1 is correct for y=−1y=-1y=−1. The mission defines R(β)=P[y≠fβ(x)]\mathfrak R(\beta)=\mathbb P[y\ne f_\beta(x)]R(β)=P[y=fβ​(x)] from (1) and includes the true statement EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩<0}]≤R(β)≤EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}]\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[\mathbb 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle<0\}}]\le\mathfrak R(\beta)\le\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[\mathbb 1_{\{y\langle\beta,x\rangle\le0\}}]EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩<0}​]≤R(β)≤EP[1{y⟨β,x⟩≤0}​] as a helper item.
  • The choice ε=εN(η)\varepsilon=\varepsilon_N(\eta)ε=εN​(η) of (8) and the measure-concentration theorem behind it (Theorem 2) are not formalized. The confidence clauses take their conclusion, PN{P∈Bε(P^N)}≥1−η\mathbb P^N\{\mathbb P\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\hat{\mathbb P}_N)\}\ge1-\etaPN{P∈Bε​(P^N​)}≥1−η, as a hypothesis, and "with probability 1−η1-\eta1−η" is read as "with probability at least 1−η1-\eta1−η". The printed level 1−2η1-2\eta1−2η is kept for the two-sided bound.

Swapping the strict and non-strict inequalities in Rmax⁡\mathfrak R_{\max}Rmax​ and Rmin⁡\mathfrak R_{\min}Rmin​, restricting the supremum to measures supported on the sample points, or replacing the ball by a set that excludes non-discrete distributions would each change the theorem. None of these is an acceptable reformulation of the goal.

Useful infrastructure: couplings of a discrete measure with an arbitrary one, the distance from a point to a closed half-space in a general norm, and LP-duality arguments for fractional-knapsack-type programs. Proofs of the helper and confidence items, and any reusable lemma about worst-case probabilities of closed sets over Wasserstein balls, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Distributionally Robust Logistic Regression, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 28 (NIPS 2015). https://papers.nips.cc/paper/2015/hash/cc1aa436277138f61cda703991069eaf-Abstract.html
  • N. Fournier, A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probability Theory and Related Fields 162 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric: performance guarantees and tractable reformulations, Mathematical Programming 171 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryLinear algebra+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Matching Is as Easy as Matrix Inversion: Steps 1–3 Find a Minimum Weight Perfect Matching with Probability at Least 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Deciding whether a graph has a perfect matching, and finding one, are basic problems of combinatorial optimization; Edmonds' blossom algorithm solves them sequentially in polynomial time. The question behind this paper is whether they can also be solved in parallel, in polylogarithmic time on polynomially many processors (the class NC, or RNC when random bits are allowed).

The algebraic route to that question goes through the Tutte matrix. Tutte (1947) showed that a graph has a perfect matching if and only if its Tutte matrix, a skew-symmetric matrix of indeterminates, has a nonzero determinant. Substituting random numbers for the indeterminates turns this into a randomized parallel decision procedure, but it does not say which perfect matching exists, and a graph may have exponentially many.

Mulmuley, Vazirani and Vazirani (Combinatorica 7 (1987) 105–113) resolve this with the isolating lemma: random small integer weights make the minimum weight member of an arbitrary set family unique with probability at least one half. Once a single perfect matching is isolated, one determinant and one adjugate of an integer matrix reveal it. The isolating lemma has since become a standard tool in randomized algorithms and complexity theory, well beyond matchings.

Timeline:

  • 1947, Tutte: a graph has a perfect matching iff the determinant of its Tutte matrix is a nonzero polynomial (doi:10.1112/jlms/s1-22.2.107).
  • 1979, Lovász: random substitution into the Tutte matrix gives a randomized algorithm for deciding whether a perfect matching exists (Fundamentals of Computation Theory, LNCS 1979).
  • 1986, Karp, Upfal and Wigderson: the first RNC algorithm that finds a perfect matching, with RNC³ running time (Combinatorica 6 (1986) 35–48).
  • 1987, Mulmuley, Vazirani and Vazirani: the isolating lemma and an RNC² algorithm that inverts one integer matrix (this paper).
  • 2016–2017, Fenner, Gurjar and Thierauf (arXiv:1601.06319) for bipartite graphs, and Svensson and Tarnawski (arXiv:1704.01929) for general graphs, partially derandomize the isolation step and place perfect matching in quasi-NC. Whether perfect matching is in NC remains open.

Setting

A set system (S,F)(S, F)(S,F) is a finite set SSS of elements together with a family FFF of subsets of SSS. Given a weight wx∈Nw_x \in \mathbb{N}wx​∈N for each element xxx, the weight of T⊆ST \subseteq ST⊆S is w(T)=∑x∈Twxw(T) = \sum_{x \in T} w_xw(T)=∑x∈T​wx​, and FFF has a unique minimum weight set if one member of FFF is strictly lighter than every other member.

A graph GGG has vertices v1,…,vnv_1, \dots, v_nv1​,…,vn​ (in Lean, Fin n, in their natural order) and edge set EEE, with m=∣E∣m = |E|m=∣E∣. A perfect matching is a set M⊆EM \subseteq EM⊆E such that every vertex lies in exactly one edge of MMM. The edges and the perfect matchings of GGG form a set system.

Given edge weights wij∈Nw_{ij} \in \mathbb{N}wij​∈N, the integer matrix BBB is obtained from the Tutte matrix by substituting 2wij2^{w_{ij}}2wij​ for its indeterminates:

bij=2wij if (vi,vj)∈E, i<j;bij=−2wij if (vi,vj)∈E, i>j;bij=0 otherwise.b_{ij} = 2^{w_{ij}} \ \text{if } (v_i, v_j) \in E,\ i < j; \qquad b_{ij} = -2^{w_{ij}} \ \text{if } (v_i, v_j) \in E,\ i > j; \qquad b_{ij} = 0 \ \text{otherwise}.bij​=2wij​ if (vi​,vj​)∈E, i<j;bij​=−2wij​ if (vi​,vj​)∈E, i>j;bij​=0 otherwise.

∣B∣|B|∣B∣ is its determinant, BijB_{ij}Bij​ the submatrix with row iii and column jjj removed, and adj⁡(B)\operatorname{adj}(B)adj(B) its adjugate, whose (j,i)(j, i)(j,i) entry is ±∣Bij∣\pm|B_{ij}|±∣Bij​∣.

The algorithm of §4 is:

  1. Step 1. Compute ∣B∣|B|∣B∣ and obtain www, the exponent for which 22w2^{2w}22w is the highest power of 2 dividing ∣B∣|B|∣B∣.
  2. Step 2. Compute adj⁡(B)\operatorname{adj}(B)adj(B).
  3. Step 3. Output every edge (vi,vj)(v_i, v_j)(vi​,vj​) for which the integer ∣Bij∣ 2wij/22w|B_{ij}|\,2^{w_{ij}}/2^{2w}∣Bij​∣2wij​/22w is odd.

Formalization targets

Goal: Steps 1–3 find a minimum weight perfect matching with probability at least 1/2

For every graph GGG that has a perfect matching, with edge weights drawn uniformly and independently from {1,…,2m}\{1, \dots, 2m\}{1,…,2m},

Pr⁡[the output of Steps 1–3 is a perfect matching of G of minimum weight] ≥ 12.\Pr\bigl[\text{the output of Steps 1–3 is a perfect matching of } G \text{ of minimum weight}\bigr] \ \ge\ \tfrac12 .Pr[the output of Steps 1–3 is a perfect matching of G of minimum weight] ≥ 21​.

This is the correctness half of the paper's Theorem (p. 109). The probability is a fraction of the (2m)m(2m)^m(2m)m weight functions.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (isolating lemma): for a nonempty family FFF over an nnn-element set, weights uniform in [1,2n][1, 2n][1,2n] give a unique minimum weight set with probability ≥1/2\ge 1/2≥1/2.
  2. Isolation for perfect matchings (§4): with edge weights uniform in [1,2m][1, 2m][1,2m], the minimum weight perfect matching is unique with probability ≥1/2\ge 1/2≥1/2.
  3. Odd-cycle cancellation (proof of Lemma 2): for a skew-symmetric integer matrix, only permutations all of whose cycles have even length contribute to the determinant.
  4. Lemma 2: if the minimum weight perfect matching is unique, of weight www, then ∣B∣≠0|B| \neq 0∣B∣=0 and 22w2^{2w}22w is the highest power of 2 dividing ∣B∣|B|∣B∣.
  5. Lemma 3: under the same hypothesis, (vi,vj)∈M(v_i, v_j) \in M(vi​,vj​)∈M iff ∣Bij∣ 2wij/22w|B_{ij}|\,2^{w_{ij}}/2^{2w}∣Bij​∣2wij​/22w is odd.
  6. Steps 1–3, deterministic core: under the same hypothesis, Step 1 obtains the weight of MMM and Steps 2–3 output exactly MMM.

Two companion items are included but are not on the goal's path: the maximum weight version of Lemma 1 (the remark after its proof, p. 107) and Lemma 4 (p. 110): the lexicographically largest matching set, for vertices sorted by decreasing weight, is a heaviest matching set.

Significance

The isolating lemma is a statement about arbitrary set families with no structure assumed, which is why it transfers: it is used for isolating satisfying assignments, for parallel algorithms for exact matching and minimum weight matchings with small weights, and in the derandomization program that led to the quasi-NC matching algorithms cited above. Lemmas 2 and 3 are the bridge from a combinatorial object (a unique minimum weight perfect matching) to arithmetic facts about one integer matrix (2-adic valuations of its determinant and adjugate entries), which is what makes the algorithm reducible to matrix inversion.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper. What the mission adds is machine-checked proofs: Mathlib at the pinned revision contains Tutte's barrier theorem but neither the isolating lemma nor the Tutte-matrix determinant arguments, and a search of Prove2Me (September 2026) found no formalization of them. A complete development yields a reusable isolating lemma for finite set systems and a reusable determinant expansion for skew-symmetric matrices.

Difficulty

The probabilistic step is a union bound over elements, but the event bounded for each element, "the element is ambiguous", is defined through a threshold that depends on all the other weights; the argument needs independence of that threshold from the element's own weight, which is a product-space (Fubini-type) counting statement rather than a one-line estimate. In a counting formalization over {1,…,2n}S\{1, \dots, 2n\}^S{1,…,2n}S, each fibre must be handled separately.

The determinant steps require a genuine combinatorial involution on permutations: reversing an odd cycle must be well defined (a canonical choice of cycle) and self-inverse, preserve the sign, negate the value, and in Lemma 3 also preserve the constraint σ(i)=j\sigma(i) = jσ(i)=j, which is where "since nnn is even, there are at least two odd cycles" enters. Relating a permutation with only even cycles to a pair of perfect matchings whose union is its trail is the second nontrivial bijection. Divisibility must be tracked exactly: 22w2^{2w}22w divides every term, and every term other than the one of MMM is divisible by 22w+12^{2w+1}22w+1.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n and the graph is G : SimpleGraph (Fin n) with decidable adjacency. Edge weights are functions G.edgeSet → ℕ; perfect matchings are Finset G.edgeSet in which every vertex lies in exactly one edge. The matrix is weightedTutteMatrix G w : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℤ, with the positive entry above the diagonal. Probabilities are ratios of counts over Fintype.piFinset (fun _ => Finset.Icc 1 (2m)), stated without division as (2m)m≤2⋅#{… }(2m)^m \le 2 \cdot \#\{\dots\}(2m)m≤2⋅#{…}; the weight range is exactly [1,2m][1, 2m][1,2m] (resp. [1,2n][1, 2n][1,2n] in Lemma 1). "x/2kx/2^kx/2k is odd" means 2k∣x2^k \mid x2k∣x and x/2kx/2^kx/2k is an odd integer. The minor ∣Bij∣|B_{ij}|∣Bij​∣ is taken as Mathlib's signed cofactor adjugate B j i; parity and divisibility do not see the sign. Step 1's www is ⌊ν2(∣B∣)/2⌋\lfloor \nu_2(|B|)/2\rfloor⌊ν2​(∣B∣)/2⌋.

Added hypotheses: Lemma 1 and its maximum version assume FFF nonempty (the printed lemma omits it and is false for F=∅F = \emptysetF=∅); the goal and the isolation milestone assume GGG has a perfect matching, which is the paper's own input assumption. Lemmas 2 and 3 allow arbitrary natural weights, as printed.

The algorithm's output is defined from BBB, ∣B∣|B|∣B∣, adj⁡(B)\operatorname{adj}(B)adj(B), the 2-adic valuation and parity only; a definition of the output that refers to perfect matchings or to minimality would trivialize the goal and is ruled out. The complexity half of the Theorem (RNC², O(n3.5m)O(n^{3.5}m)O(n3.5m) processors), which rests on Pan's matrix-inversion algorithm, is not formalized, nor are §5a–b and §6.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, general lemmas about the permutation expansion of skew-symmetric determinants, and a counting form of the union bound over product spaces, all of which are reusable outside this mission.

Selected references

  • K. Mulmuley, U. V. Vazirani, V. V. Vazirani, Matching is as easy as matrix inversion, Combinatorica 7(1) (1987) 105–113. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579206
  • W. T. Tutte, The factorization of linear graphs, J. London Math. Soc. 22 (1947) 107–111. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms/s1-22.2.107
  • R. M. Karp, E. Upfal, A. Wigderson, Constructing a perfect matching is in random NC, Combinatorica 6(1) (1986) 35–48. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579407
  • L. Lovász, On determinants, matchings, and random algorithms, Fundamentals of Computation Theory (FCT '79), 1979, 565–574.
  • S. Fenner, R. Gurjar, T. Thierauf, Bipartite perfect matching is in quasi-NC, STOC 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1601.06319
  • O. Svensson, J. Tarnawski, The matching problem in general graphs is in quasi-NC, FOCS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.01929
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data 3: Robust Learning in the Gaussian Model with Enough SamplesResearch Paper

Motivation

Classifiers trained by standard methods can be fooled by small, carefully chosen perturbations of their inputs. Adversarial training reduces this vulnerability on the training set, but on image benchmarks such as CIFAR10 the robust accuracy on held-out data remains far below the training accuracy. Schmidt, Santurkar, Tsipras, Talwar and Mądry (arXiv:1804.11285) asked whether this gap is a failure of current algorithms or an intrinsic statistical phenomenon, and answered it in two simple data models: learning a classifier that is robust to ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​-bounded perturbations can require provably more samples than learning a classifier with small standard error.

The paper's separation has two halves in its Gaussian model. The lower half (every learner needs many samples) is the subject of the companion mission Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data 1. This mission formalizes the upper half: a concrete, simple estimator reaches small robust error once the number of samples is of order ε2d\varepsilon^2\sqrt dε2d​, so the lower bound is tight up to logarithmic factors.

Setting

Write ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ for the Euclidean inner product and norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and ∥v∥∞=max⁡i∣vi∣\|v\|_\infty=\max_i|v_i|∥v∥∞​=maxi​∣vi​∣. Labels are y∈{±1}y\in\{\pm1\}y∈{±1}.

The (θ⋆,σ)(\theta^\star,\sigma)(θ⋆,σ)-Gaussian model (Definition 1) is the distribution of a pair (x,y)∈Rd×{±1}(x,y)\in\mathbb R^d\times\{\pm1\}(x,y)∈Rd×{±1} obtained by drawing the label yyy uniformly at random and then the point xxx from the spherical Gaussian Nd(y θ⋆,σ2I)\mathcal N_d(y\,\theta^\star,\sigma^2I)Nd​(yθ⋆,σ2I), where θ⋆∈Rd\theta^\star\in\mathbb R^dθ⋆∈Rd is the per-class mean and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 the standard deviation of each coordinate. The paper works in the regime ∥θ⋆∥2=d\|\theta^\star\|_2=\sqrt d∥θ⋆∥2​=d​, which every statement of this mission assumes explicitly.

A classifier is a map f:Rd→{±1}f:\mathbb R^d\to\{\pm1\}f:Rd→{±1}. Its classification error (Definition 2) under a distribution P\mathcal PP is P(x,y)∼P[f(x)≠y]\mathbb P_{(x,y)\sim\mathcal P}[f(x)\ne y]P(x,y)∼P​[f(x)=y]. Given the perturbation set B∞ε(x)={x′:∥x′−x∥∞≤ε}\mathcal B_\infty^\varepsilon(x)=\{x':\|x'-x\|_\infty\le\varepsilon\}B∞ε​(x)={x′:∥x′−x∥∞​≤ε}, its ℓ∞ε\ell_\infty^\varepsilonℓ∞ε​-robust classification error (Definition 3) is

P(x,y)∼P[∃ x′∈B∞ε(x): f(x′)≠y].\mathbb P_{(x,y)\sim\mathcal P}\big[\exists\,x'\in\mathcal B_\infty^\varepsilon(x):\ f(x')\ne y\big].P(x,y)∼P​[∃x′∈B∞ε​(x): f(x′)=y].

The ℓpε\ell_p^\varepsilonℓpε​-robust error is defined the same way with the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ ball, and ∥w∥p∗=sup⁡{⟨w,v⟩:∥v∥p≤1}\|w\|_p^*=\sup\{\langle w,v\rangle:\|v\|_p\le1\}∥w∥p∗​=sup{⟨w,v⟩:∥v∥p​≤1} is the dual norm.

For w∈Rdw\in\mathbb R^dw∈Rd the linear classifier is fw(x)=sgn⁡⟨w,x⟩f_w(x)=\operatorname{sgn}\langle w,x\ranglefw​(x)=sgn⟨w,x⟩. The estimator studied here is built from nnn i.i.d. samples (x1,y1),…,(xn,yn)(x_1,y_1),\dots,(x_n,y_n)(x1​,y1​),…,(xn​,yn​) of the model: the class-weighted sample mean

zˉ=1n∑i=1nyixi,w^=zˉ∥zˉ∥2,\bar z=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^ny_ix_i,\qquad \widehat w=\frac{\bar z}{\|\bar z\|_2},zˉ=n1​i=1∑n​yi​xi​,w=∥zˉ∥2​zˉ​,

and the classifier is fw^f_{\widehat w}fw​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 22

If ∥θ⋆∥2=d\|\theta^\star\|_2=\sqrt d∥θ⋆∥2​=d​ and σ≤132d1/4\sigma\le\frac1{32}d^{1/4}σ≤321​d1/4, then with probability at least 1−2exp⁡ ⁣(−d8(σ2+1))1-2\exp\!\big(-\frac{d}{8(\sigma^2+1)}\big)1−2exp(−8(σ2+1)d​) over the sample, fw^f_{\widehat w}fw​ has ℓ∞ε\ell_\infty^\varepsilonℓ∞ε​-robust classification error at most 0.010.010.01 provided

n≥{1ε≤14d−1/4,64 ε2d14d−1/4≤ε≤14.n\ge\begin{cases}1 & \varepsilon\le\frac14d^{-1/4},\\ 64\,\varepsilon^2\sqrt d & \frac14d^{-1/4}\le\varepsilon\le\frac14.\end{cases}n≥{164ε2d​​ε≤41​d−1/4,41​d−1/4≤ε≤41​.​

The general bound: Theorem 21

For every β>0\beta>0β>0 and every ε≤2n−12n+4σ−σ2log⁡(1/β)d\varepsilon\le\frac{2\sqrt n-1}{2\sqrt n+4\sigma}-\frac{\sigma\sqrt{2\log(1/\beta)}}{\sqrt d}ε≤2n​+4σ2n​−1​−d​σ2log(1/β)​​, with the same probability the ℓ∞ε\ell_\infty^\varepsilonℓ∞ε​-robust error of fw^f_{\widehat w}fw​ is at most β\betaβ.

Milestones on the way

The milestones follow the paper's Appendix A.1: Fact 12 (Gaussian norm tail); Lemmas 13 and 14 (norm of a Gaussian sample mean); Lemma 15 (inner product of the sample mean with the mean); Lemma 16 (alignment ⟨w^,μ⟩≥2n−12n+4σd\langle\widehat w,\mu\rangle\ge\frac{2\sqrt n-1}{2\sqrt n+4\sigma}\sqrt d⟨w,μ⟩≥2n​+4σ2n​−1​d​ with high probability); Lemma 17 (Gaussian margin tail for a fixed unit vector); Lemma 20 (the ℓpε\ell_p^\varepsilonℓpε​-robust error of a fixed linear classifier, for every p∈[1,∞]p\in[1,\infty]p∈[1,∞]); and Theorem 21. The mission also contains Theorem 18, the corresponding standard-generalization bound, as a companion item.

Significance

The result. Corollary 22 shows that the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ lower bound of the paper is essentially attained by an elementary estimator: in the regime σ≈d1/4\sigma\approx d^{1/4}σ≈d1/4 a single sample gives small standard error, while ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​-robustness at level ε\varepsilonε is obtained with O(ε2d)O(\varepsilon^2\sqrt d)O(ε2d​) samples, matching the lower bound Ω(ε2d/log⁡d)\Omega(\varepsilon^2\sqrt d/\log d)Ω(ε2d​/logd) up to a logarithm. The separation between standard and robust sample complexity is therefore a property of the data distribution and not of a weak learning procedure. Lemma 20 is of independent use: it gives the exact form of the robust error of any linear classifier in a Gaussian model for every ℓp\ell_pℓp​ adversary.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked instance of a statistical-versus-robust separation, and along the way checked versions of dimension-explicit Gaussian tail bounds (norm and inner-product tails of sample means) that Mathlib states only in partial form.

Difficulty

The estimator is explicit, so the difficulty is analytic and quantitative. Two obstacles stand out. First, the robust error involves a supremum over an uncountable perturbation set for every test point, so it is not a margin probability until the worst case over the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ ball has been identified exactly; any slack there changes the constants. Second, the estimator w^\widehat ww is random, and its alignment with θ⋆\theta^\starθ⋆ depends on two concentration events at once, a norm upper bound and an inner-product lower bound, with dimension-explicit constants. Generic sub-Gaussian bounds with unspecified constants, the usual first attempt, do not yield the stated 0.010.010.01, 646464 and 1/321/321/32: the constants have to be tracked through the final numerical case analysis. Gaussian norm concentration in the dimension-free form of Fact 12 is not available in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated in the namespace RobustGeneralization.GaussUpper. The data space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); labels are Bool with true =+1=+1=+1. Nd(m,s2I)\mathcal N_d(m,s^2I)Nd​(m,s2I) is the push-forward of Mathlib's stdGaussian under v↦m+s vv\mapsto m+s\,vv↦m+sv, with sss the standard deviation (Definition 1 calls σ\sigmaσ the "variance parameter" but samples from N(yθ⋆,σ2I)\mathcal N(y\theta^\star,\sigma^2I)N(yθ⋆,σ2I)). The model is a measure on Rd×{±1}\mathbb R^d\times\{\pm1\}Rd×{±1} and the errors are literally the measures of the events of Definitions 2–3; since the robust event need not be Borel, the measure of it is its outer measure, i.e. its probability under the completed measure. The ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ ball is written coordinatewise. The linear classifier labels the tie ⟨w,x⟩=0\langle w,x\rangle=0⟨w,x⟩=0 as +1+1+1; no statement depends on this. w^\widehat ww is ∥zˉ∥2−1zˉ\|\bar z\|_2^{-1}\bar z∥zˉ∥2−1​zˉ, equal to 000 on the null event zˉ=0\bar z=0zˉ=0. The nnn samples are a product measure on Fin n → ℝ^d × Bool.

"With probability at least 1−q1-q1−q the error is at most β\betaβ" is stated as an upper bound on the probability of the failure set, which is the strong form under outer measures.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in its item: t≥0t\ge0t≥0 (Fact 12), n≥1n\ge1n≥1 (Lemmas 13, 15 and Theorem 18), μ≠0\mu\ne0μ=0 (Lemma 15, false as printed at μ=0\mu=0μ=0), and β>0\beta>0β>0 (Theorem 21). The constants 1/321/321/32, 1/41/41/4, 646464, 0.010.010.01, 222 and 8(σ2+1)8(\sigma^2+1)8(σ2+1) are kept exactly.

A formalization that states the robust error bound for a fixed unit vector instead of the estimator w^\widehat ww, that replaces the robust error by its closed-form margin expression, or that uses the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ ball instead of the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ ball, proves a different and weaker statement and is excluded.

A complete development needs: Gaussian concentration for Lipschitz functions (or a direct χ\chiχ-type tail for ∥z∥2\|z\|_2∥z∥2​), the law of a sample mean of Gaussian vectors and of a one-dimensional projection of a spherical Gaussian, and the dual-norm identity for linear functionals over ℓp\ell_pℓp​ balls. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on spherical Gaussians under stdGaussian, are welcome. Related platform work: the other missions of this series, Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data 1, 2 and 4.

Selected references

  • L. Schmidt, S. Santurkar, D. Tsipras, K. Talwar, A. Mądry, Adversarially Robust Generalization Requires More Data, arXiv:1804.11285v2, 2018 (NeurIPS 2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.11285
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities: A Nonasymptotic Theory of Independence, Oxford University Press, 2013 (Example 5.7 is the source of Fact 12). https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchPartial Differential EquationsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue: Exponential Stationary Density under Normal Reflection (Proposition 2)Research Paper

Motivation

A make-to-stock manufacturer who also sells on a spot market must decide, at every moment, whether to keep producing and whether to accept or reject incoming orders at the prevailing price. Caldentey and Wein (Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue, Operations Research 54(5), 2006) study this problem in heavy traffic. The limit is a two-dimensional singular control problem for a diffusion: the inventory level and the logarithm of the price move jointly as a correlated Brownian motion, and the controls push the inventory only when it reaches one of two free boundaries. The optimal boundaries are characterized by an elliptic free-boundary problem that the authors could not solve in closed form.

The paper's way forward is an approximation: change the direction of reflection on the boundary so that the stationary distribution of the controlled process becomes an explicit exponential. Proposition 2 states that exponential form, and it turns the free-boundary problem into a calculus-of-variations problem for the two boundary curves. Explicit stationary densities of reflected diffusions in two dimensions are rare; the classical condition for an exponential stationary density of a reflected Brownian motion, and the characterization of the stationary law by a basic adjoint relation, are due to Harrison and Williams, Multidimensional reflected Brownian motions having exponential stationary distributions, Annals of Probability 15, 1987, the reference the paper cites. This mission formalizes the analytic core of Proposition 2: the exponential density satisfies that relation for the reflection field the proposition singles out.

Setting

Points of the plane are (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), with xxx the inventory level and yyy the logarithm of the price. The limiting process (X,Y)(\mathcal X,\mathcal Y)(X,Y) has drift (θ,0)(\theta,0)(θ,0) and covariance matrix

Σ=(σ2σδϱσδϱδ2),σ>0, δ>0, −1<ϱ<1,\Sigma=\begin{pmatrix}\sigma^2&\sigma\delta\varrho\\ \sigma\delta\varrho&\delta^2\end{pmatrix},\qquad \sigma>0,\ \delta>0,\ -1<\varrho<1,Σ=(σ2σδϱ​σδϱδ2​),σ>0, δ>0, −1<ϱ<1,

so its generator is

Γ=θ∂∂x+σ22∂2∂x2+σδϱ∂2∂x ∂y+δ22∂2∂y2.\Gamma=\theta\frac{\partial}{\partial x}+\frac{\sigma^2}{2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial x^2}+\sigma\delta\varrho\frac{\partial^2}{\partial x\,\partial y}+\frac{\delta^2}{2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial y^2}.Γ=θ∂x∂​+2σ2​∂x2∂2​+σδϱ∂x∂y∂2​+2δ2​∂y2∂2​.

Two curves bound the region where the process lives: the rejection boundary x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y) (below it, orders are rejected) and the idleness boundary x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y) (above it, production stops). For ymin⁡<ymax⁡y_{\min}<y_{\max}ymin​<ymax​ the region is

Ω={(x,y): ymin⁡<y<ymax⁡, η(y)<x<ξ(y)},\Omega=\{(x,y):\ y_{\min}<y<y_{\max},\ \eta(y)<x<\xi(y)\},Ω={(x,y): ymin​<y<ymax​, η(y)<x<ξ(y)},

and its boundary splits into four pieces: x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y), x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y), y=ymin⁡y=y_{\min}y=ymin​, y=ymax⁡y=y_{\max}y=ymax​. Write n⃗\vec nn for the inward unit normal on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω and dldldl for arc length. A reflection field v⃗\vec vv on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω gives the direction in which the process is pushed back into Ω\OmegaΩ. The basic adjoint relation (BAR) of the paper, equation (43), is

∫ΩΓf πΩ ds+12∫∂Ωv⃗⋅∇f πΩ dl=0for all test functions f,\int_\Omega \Gamma f\,\pi_\Omega\,ds+\frac12\int_{\partial\Omega}\vec v\cdot\nabla f\,\pi_\Omega\,dl=0\quad\text{for all test functions } f,∫Ω​ΓfπΩ​ds+21​∫∂Ω​v⋅∇fπΩ​dl=0for all test functions f,

and the paper cites Harrison and Williams for the fact that the stationary distribution πΩ\pi_\OmegaπΩ​ of the reflected process satisfies it. Proposition 2 introduces the eigen-decomposition Σ=V′EV\Sigma=V'EVΣ=V′EV (VVV a rotation whose rows are eigenvectors, EEE diagonal), the whitening map T=E−1/2VT=E^{-1/2}VT=E−1/2V and Ω∗=T(Ω)\Omega^*=T(\Omega)Ω∗=T(Ω), and assumes that Tv⃗T\vec vTv is normal to ∂Ω∗\partial\Omega^*∂Ω∗. The exponents are

mx=2θσ2(1−ϱ2),my=−2ϱθσδ(1−ϱ2).(47)m_x=\frac{2\theta}{\sigma^2(1-\varrho^2)},\qquad m_y=\frac{-2\varrho\theta}{\sigma\delta(1-\varrho^2)}.\tag{47}mx​=σ2(1−ϱ2)2θ​,my​=σδ(1−ϱ2)−2ϱθ​.(47)

Formalization targets

Goal: the exponential density satisfies the BAR under conormal reflection

For η,ξ\eta,\xiη,ξ continuously differentiable with η<ξ\eta<\xiη<ξ on [ymin⁡,ymax⁡][y_{\min},y_{\max}][ymin​,ymax​], π(x,y)=emxx+myy\pi(x,y)=e^{m_xx+m_yy}π(x,y)=emx​x+my​y, and every C2C^2C2 function fff on R2\mathbb R^2R2,

∫ΩΓf  π ds+12∫∂Ω(Σn⃗)⋅∇f  π dl=0.\int_\Omega \Gamma f\;\pi\,ds+\frac12\int_{\partial\Omega}(\Sigma\vec n)\cdot\nabla f\;\pi\,dl=0 .∫Ω​Γfπds+21​∫∂Ω​(Σn)⋅∇fπdl=0.

The boundary integral is written out on the four pieces, with n⃗ dl\vec n\,dlndl equal to (1,−η′(y)) dy(1,-\eta'(y))\,dy(1,−η′(y))dy, (−1,ξ′(y)) dy(-1,\xi'(y))\,dy(−1,ξ′(y))dy, (0,1) dx(0,1)\,dx(0,1)dx and (0,−1) dx(0,-1)\,dx(0,−1)dx respectively. The normalizing constant is left out because the relation is linear in π\piπ.

Milestones

  1. The interior equation: Γ∗π=−θπx+σ22πxx+σδϱ πxy+δ22πyy=0\Gamma^*\pi=-\theta\pi_x+\frac{\sigma^2}{2}\pi_{xx}+\sigma\delta\varrho\,\pi_{xy}+\frac{\delta^2}{2}\pi_{yy}=0Γ∗π=−θπx​+2σ2​πxx​+σδϱπxy​+2δ2​πyy​=0 everywhere.
  2. The zero-flux identity: 12Σ∇π=(θ,0) π\frac12\Sigma\nabla\pi=(\theta,0)\,\pi21​Σ∇π=(θ,0)π everywhere.
  3. The meaning of the hypothesis: with T=E−1/2VT=E^{-1/2}VT=E−1/2V, (Tv)⋅(Tw)=v⋅Σ−1w(Tv)\cdot(Tw)=v\cdot\Sigma^{-1}w(Tv)⋅(Tw)=v⋅Σ−1w, and for n≠0n\neq0n=0, TvTvTv is orthogonal to TTT of every vector orthogonal to nnn exactly when vvv is a multiple of Σn\Sigma nΣn.
  4. The normalizing constant: π\piπ is integrable on Ω\OmegaΩ and a unique KΩ>0K_\Omega>0KΩ​>0 makes KΩπK_\Omega\piKΩ​π integrate to one.

Significance

For the operations model, Proposition 2 is what makes the problem computable. Once the stationary density is explicit, the long-run average cost of any pair of boundary curves is an explicit integral, and optimizing over (η,ξ)(\eta,\xi)(η,ξ) becomes a variational problem with Euler–Lagrange equations; the paper's proposed policy and its numerical comparisons all rest on it.

For formalization, the mission produces a machine-checked version of a statement whose proof the paper does not contain (it is in an online companion) and whose hypothesis is stated only in words. The formal statements fix exactly which reflection field makes the claim true, which the prose leaves ambiguous. None of the statements has, to our knowledge, a machine-checked proof anywhere; the result itself is classical in spirit (an integration by parts on a planar region), but no divergence theorem on a region between two graphs with an anisotropic operator is currently available as a ready-made statement.

Difficulty

The interior equation and the zero-flux identity are finite computations with the exponential. The difficulty is the goal: it is an integration-by-parts identity on a curved planar region with an anisotropic second-order operator. The obvious first step, "apply Green's identity", presupposes a divergence theorem on a region bounded by two graphs x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y), x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y) and two horizontal segments, with the boundary integral written in the parametrization of each piece and the orientation of every normal tracked. Mathlib has the divergence theorem on rectangular boxes, not on such regions, and the moving limits η(y)\eta(y)η(y), ξ(y)\xi(y)ξ(y) are exactly where the terms in η′\eta'η′ and ξ′\xi'ξ′ of the boundary integral come from.

The second trap is the reflection field. The page describes the modification as substituting the inward unit normal n⃗\vec nn for v⃗\vec vv; with v⃗=n⃗\vec v=\vec nv=n the identity is false as soon as Σ\SigmaΣ is not a multiple of the identity (on a random instance the residual is of order one). Only the conormal field Σn⃗\Sigma\vec nΣn, which is what the hypothesis of Proposition 2 selects, gives a true statement.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace MakeToStockRM.ExpDensity. The plane is ℝ × ℝ with the inventory first; partial derivatives are Fréchet derivatives applied to (1, 0) and (0, 1), and the mixed partial is ∂x(∂yf)\partial_x(\partial_y f)∂x​(∂y​f). Parameters satisfy σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, δ>0\delta>0δ>0, ∣ϱ∣<1|\varrho|<1∣ϱ∣<1; θ\thetaθ is any real number, and θ=0\theta=0θ=0 (then π≡1\pi\equiv1π≡1) is allowed.

This is the analytic, pinned-down content of Proposition 2. The identification "the BAR characterizes the stationary law of the reflected diffusion" (Harrison–Williams 1987) is out of scope: Mathlib has no reflected Brownian motion. Relative to the page, the formalization commits to the following:

  • The reflection field is v⃗=Σn⃗\vec v=\Sigma\vec nv=Σn with n⃗\vec nn the inward unit normal and dldldl arc length. The hypothesis "Tv⃗T\vec vTv is normal to ∂Ω∗\partial\Omega^*∂Ω∗" fixes only the direction of v⃗\vec vv (milestone 3); the length Σn⃗\Sigma\vec nΣn is the one for which the BAR holds. The page's phrase "substituting the inward unit normal n⃗\vec nn for v⃗\vec vv" is inconsistent with the proposition's own hypothesis and is not followed.
  • The boundary curves are C1C^1C1 on R\mathbb RR with η<ξ\eta<\xiη<ξ on [ymin⁡,ymax⁡][y_{\min},y_{\max}][ymin​,ymax​], and ymin⁡<ymax⁡y_{\min}<y_{\max}ymin​<ymax​, so Ω\OmegaΩ is a nonempty bounded region; the paper assumes this implicitly.
  • Test functions are all C2C^2C2 functions on R2\mathbb R^2R2, which are bounded with bounded derivatives on the closure of Ω\OmegaΩ (the paper's "twice continuous and bounded").
  • The constant KΩK_\OmegaKΩ​ is dropped from the goal and treated in milestone 4.

The goal quantifies over every C2C^2C2 test function; restricting to functions supported inside Ω\OmegaΩ would delete the boundary term and reduce the goal to milestone 1, and that trivialization is ruled out. The second half of Proposition 2 ("(45)–(46) is equivalent to (48)–(49)"), Proposition 1, the heavy-traffic limit, the HJB equation and the proposed policy are not formalized: their normalizations or proofs are only in the online companion.

A complete development needs a divergence theorem on regions between two C1C^1C1 graphs, which is reusable for any planar PDE statement on such regions. Contributions of that lemma, and of the four milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Caldentey, L. M. Wein, Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue, Operations Research 54(5):859–875, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0289
  • J. M. Harrison, R. J. Williams, Multidimensional reflected Brownian motions having exponential stationary distributions, Annals of Probability 15(1):115–137, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992259
  • F. John, Partial Differential Equations, 4th ed., Springer, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9333-7
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Pricing of Seasonal Products in the Presence of Forward-Looking Consumers 3: Optimal Contingent-Pricing Revenue with Myopic Customers and Exponential ValuationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers of seasonal goods (fashion, electronics, holiday items) sell a fixed stock over a short season and routinely cut prices toward its end. A markdown of this kind segments the market over time: customers with high valuations buy early at a premium price, and customers with lower valuations are served later at a discount price. Aviv and Pazgal (MSOM 2008) study how much such two-price schemes are worth when customers arrive over time, differ in their valuations, and may or may not anticipate the discount.

To measure the value of price segmentation, the paper compares every two-price scheme with the best fixed-price policy, a single price held for the whole season. Its benchmark is the case of myopic customers, who never delay a purchase strategically. Proposition 3 of the paper computes this benchmark in closed form in the simplest nontrivial setting: exponentially distributed valuations that do not decline over the season, and unlimited inventory. The resulting formula explains the pattern of the paper's Table 1, where the benefit of segmentation grows with the heterogeneity of valuations and with a late discount time.

Setting

A seller offers a product during the season [0,H][0, H][0,H]; throughout this mission H=1H = 1H=1, so time is measured as a fraction of the season. Customers arrive as a Poisson process with rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Customer jjj has a base valuation VjV_jVj​ drawn independently from a distribution FFF with tail Fˉ(x)=1−F(x)\bar F(x) = 1 - F(x)Fˉ(x)=1−F(x), and values the product at Vje−αtV_j e^{-\alpha t}Vj​e−αt at time ttt, where α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 is the decline factor. The paper reparametrizes it as ρ=e−αH\rho = e^{-\alpha H}ρ=e−αH, the fraction of the base valuation left at the end of the season.

In the numerical study, FFF is a Gamma law with mean μ\muμ and coefficient of variation ccc (standard deviation over mean): shape 1/c21/c^21/c2 and rate 1/(μc2)1/(\mu c^2)1/(μc2). The paper sets μ=1\mu = 1μ=1. For c=1c = 1c=1 this is the exponential law with mean one, Fˉ(x)=e−x\bar F(x) = e^{-x}Fˉ(x)=e−x for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0.

A contingent two-price policy posts the premium price p1p_1p1​ on [0,T)[0, T)[0,T), where 0<T≤10 < T \le 10<T≤1 is fixed, and a discount price p2≤p1p_2 \le p_1p2​≤p1​ from time TTT on. A myopic customer arriving at t<Tt < Tt<T buys at p1p_1p1​ if his valuation is at least p1p_1p1​; otherwise he waits and buys at TTT if his valuation is then at least p2p_2p2​. Customers arriving at or after TTT buy if their valuation is at least p2p_2p2​. The numbers of customers in these groups are Poisson with means

ΛI(p1)=λ∫0TFˉ(p1eαt) dt,ΛW(p1,p2)=λ∫0T[Fˉ(min⁡{p1eαt,p2eαT})−Fˉ(p1eαt)]dt,ΛL(p2)=λ∫THFˉ(p2eαt) dt.\Lambda_I(p_1) = \lambda\int_0^T \bar F(p_1 e^{\alpha t})\,dt, \quad \Lambda_W(p_1,p_2) = \lambda\int_0^T \big[\bar F(\min\{p_1e^{\alpha t}, p_2e^{\alpha T}\}) - \bar F(p_1e^{\alpha t})\big]dt, \quad \Lambda_L(p_2) = \lambda\int_T^H \bar F(p_2e^{\alpha t})\,dt .ΛI​(p1​)=λ∫0T​Fˉ(p1​eαt)dt,ΛW​(p1​,p2​)=λ∫0T​[Fˉ(min{p1​eαt,p2​eαT})−Fˉ(p1​eαt)]dt,ΛL​(p2​)=λ∫TH​Fˉ(p2​eαt)dt.

With unlimited inventory, the expected revenue of the policy is

RC/N(p1,p2)=p1ΛI(p1)+p2(ΛW(p1,p2)+ΛL(p2)),R_{C/N}(p_1, p_2) = p_1\Lambda_I(p_1) + p_2\big(\Lambda_W(p_1,p_2) + \Lambda_L(p_2)\big),RC/N​(p1​,p2​)=p1​ΛI​(p1​)+p2​(ΛW​(p1​,p2​)+ΛL​(p2​)),

and the expected revenue of a single price ppp is RF(p)=p λ∫0HFˉ(peαt) dtR_F(p) = p\,\lambda\int_0^H \bar F(p e^{\alpha t})\,dtRF​(p)=pλ∫0H​Fˉ(peαt)dt (Eq. (9) of the paper). The optimal values are πC/N∗=max⁡p2≤p1RC/N(p1,p2)\pi^*_{C/N} = \max_{p_2 \le p_1} R_{C/N}(p_1,p_2)πC/N∗​=maxp2​≤p1​​RC/N​(p1​,p2​) and πF∗=max⁡pRF(p)\pi^*_F = \max_p R_F(p)πF∗​=maxp​RF​(p).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

Suppose c=1c = 1c=1, ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 and Q/λ→∞Q/\lambda \to \inftyQ/λ→∞ (unlimited inventory), with μ=1\mu = 1μ=1 and H=1H = 1H=1. Then

πC/N∗=(λe−1)⋅eT/e=πF∗⋅eT/e.\pi^*_{C/N} = (\lambda e^{-1})\cdot e^{T/e} = \pi^*_F \cdot e^{T/e}.πC/N∗​=(λe−1)⋅eT/e=πF∗​⋅eT/e.

Both maxima are attained. The goal states the two optimal values; it does not fix the optimal prices.

Milestones from the paper's proof

  1. The reduced problem: for 0≤p2≤p10 \le p_2 \le p_10≤p2​≤p1​, RC/N(p1,p2)=p2⋅λe−p2+(p1−p2)⋅λTe−p1R_{C/N}(p_1,p_2) = p_2\cdot\lambda e^{-p_2} + (p_1-p_2)\cdot\lambda T e^{-p_1}RC/N​(p1​,p2​)=p2​⋅λe−p2​+(p1​−p2​)⋅λTe−p1​.
  2. Its solution: over p2≤p1p_2 \le p_1p2​≤p1​ the maximum is λe−1+T/e\lambda e^{-1+T/e}λe−1+T/e, attained exactly at p1∗=2−T/e≥1p_1^* = 2 - T/e \ge 1p1∗​=2−T/e≥1, p2∗=p1∗−1≤1p_2^* = p_1^* - 1 \le 1p2∗​=p1∗​−1≤1.
  3. The fixed-price optimum (a supporting item of the goal, stated in the proof on pp. 358–359): p∗=μ=1p^* = \mu = 1p∗=μ=1 is the unique optimal single price and πF∗=λe−1\pi^*_F = \lambda e^{-1}πF∗​=λe−1.

Significance

Proposition 3 gives the relative benefit of contingent pricing over a single price, eT/e−1e^{T/e} - 1eT/e−1, as a function of the discount time alone. It increases in TTT and is largest at T=1T = 1T=1, where it equals e1/e−1≈44.46%e^{1/e} - 1 \approx 44.46\%e1/e−1≈44.46%. This is the paper's analytic anchor for its numerical findings: segmentation is most valuable when valuations are heterogeneous and customers are carried to the discount at little cost, and a late discount exposes more customers to the premium price. Under strategic customers the same quantity serves as an upper bound on the benefit of segmentation (§6.1 of the paper).

The result is proved in the paper, in a short appendix argument that states the reduced problem and its solution without the calculus. No machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it produces a reusable Lean encoding of the paper's segment rates ΛI,ΛW,ΛL\Lambda_I, \Lambda_W, \Lambda_LΛI​,ΛW​,ΛL​ as integrals of a valuation tail, a Gamma valuation law through Mathlib's gammaMeasure, and a complete verification that the integral model reduces to the two-variable problem and that the stated prices are its unique maximizer.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to write the revenue in closed form and set the gradient to zero. Two steps of that route are not automatic. First, the reduction requires evaluating the three integrals with the piecewise tail of the exponential law, including the min⁡\minmin inside ΛW\Lambda_WΛW​, and the reduced formula is valid only for nonnegative prices; negative prices must be handled separately in the model itself, where the tail equals one. Second, the reduced objective p2λe−p2+(p1−p2)λTe−p1p_2\lambda e^{-p_2} + (p_1-p_2)\lambda T e^{-p_1}p2​λe−p2​+(p1​−p2​)λTe−p1​ is not concave on the region p2≤p1p_2 \le p_1p2​≤p1​, so a stationary point is not automatically a global maximizer, and the boundary p2=p1p_2 = p_1p2​=p1​ and unbounded directions have to be ruled out. Uniqueness of the maximizer, which the paper asserts, fails at T=0T = 0T=0 and needs T>0T > 0T>0.

Formalization scope

All declarations sit in the namespace SeasonalPricing.MyopicExp. Time, prices and rates are real numbers. The season is [0,1][0, 1][0,1] with 0<T≤10 < T \le 10<T≤1 and λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Integrals are interval integrals. The valuation tail is gammaValuationTail μ c x = 1 - cdf (gammaMeasure (1/c^2) (1/(μ c^2))) x, used at μ=c=1\mu = c = 1μ=c=1. The hypothesis ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 is decayRatio α 1 = 1 with α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0.

Readings of the paper's informal words:

  • "Q/λ→∞Q/\lambda \to \inftyQ/λ→∞" is read as unlimited inventory: the truncated Poisson mean N(q,Λ)N(q,\Lambda)N(q,Λ) of §4.2 is replaced by Λ\LambdaΛ and stock-outs never occur. This is what the proof computes, what p. 348 writes as Q=∞Q = \inftyQ=∞, and what §7.1 calls inventory that is "practically unlimited". A limit of finite-inventory optimal revenues is not stated.
  • "max" is an attained maximum (IsGreatest), not a supremum.
  • The optimum is taken over all real prices with p2≤p1p_2 \le p_1p2​≤p1​, as printed; the paper never restricts signs, and negative prices are never optimal in the model.
  • The seller's discount at TTT is a best response to p1p_1p1​ in the paper (R(q∣p1)R(q \mid p_1)R(q∣p1​), p. 349). With unlimited inventory it does not depend on the realized sales, and the nested maximum equals the joint maximum over (p1,p2)(p_1, p_2)(p1​,p2​), which is what the goal states.
  • "The solution … is" (milestone 2) and "the optimal single price is given by p∗=μ=1p^* = \mu = 1p∗=μ=1" (the fixed-price item) are read as unique maximizers.

The Gamma density printed on p. 349 has the exponent 1/(sc2−1)1/(sc^2-1)1/(sc2−1), a misprint for 1/c2−11/c^2 - 11/c2−1; at c=1c = 1c=1 the exponent is 000 either way.

A trivializing formalization would state the goal on the reduced two-variable function, dropping the model: the goal here is about RC/NR_{C/N}RC/N​ built from ΛI,ΛW,ΛL\Lambda_I, \Lambda_W, \Lambda_LΛI​,ΛW​,ΛL​ and the Gamma tail, and about RFR_FRF​ built from Eq. (9). The platform's BuyingToBundle.monopolyRevenue (definition monopoly_pricing) is a related object, sup⁡pp ν([p,∞))\sup_p p\,\nu([p,\infty))supp​pν([p,∞)); with ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 and H=1H = 1H=1, πF∗\pi^*_FπF∗​ equals λ\lambdaλ times it for the exponential law, but it is a supremum without arrivals or time and is not reused.

Contributions welcome: closed forms of the segment rates for the exponential tail, a general lemma that negative prices are dominated, and the two-variable maximization.

Selected references

  • Y. Aviv and A. Pazgal, Optimal Pricing of Seasonal Products in the Presence of Forward-Looking Consumers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(3):339–359, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1070.0183
  • D. Besanko and W. L. Winston, Optimal Price Skimming by a Monopolist Facing Rational Consumers, Management Science 36(5):555–567, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.36.5.555
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Pricing of Seasonal Products in the Presence of Forward-Looking Consumers 1: Threshold Purchasing Policies under Contingent PricingResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers of fashion and seasonal goods sell at a premium price early in the season and mark the remaining stock down later. When customers anticipate the markdown, some of them who would buy at the premium price instead wait, trading a lower price against the risk that the item sells out and against the decline of their own valuation over the season. How forward-looking ("strategic") customers respond to a markdown policy is the first question any model of such pricing has to answer, because the seller's optimal prices depend on it.

Aviv and Pazgal (MSOM 2008) model a seller with a fixed inventory, Poisson arrivals of customers with heterogeneous, exponentially declining valuations, and two pricing regimes: contingent pricing, where the discount depends on the inventory left at the markdown time, and announced fixed discounts. The first step of their analysis of contingent pricing is Theorem 1: whatever the other customers do, a customer's best response is a threshold rule on his current valuation, with a threshold that rises as the markdown approaches. Their numerical study of equilibria and of the value of price commitment (§§4.2–7) is built on this reduction.

Setting

A seller holds QQQ units over a season [0,H][0, H][0,H] split at a fixed time TTT with 0<T≤H0 < T \le H0<T≤H. On [0,T)[0, T)[0,T) the premium price p1p_1p1​ applies. At time TTT the seller observes the remaining inventory QT∈{0,1,…,Q}Q_T \in \{0, 1, \dots, Q\}QT​∈{0,1,…,Q} and charges the discount menu price p2(QT)p_2(Q_T)p2​(QT​), where p2(q)≤p1p_2(q) \le p_1p2​(q)≤p1​ for q=1,…,Qq = 1, \dots, Qq=1,…,Q. Customer jjj has a base valuation VjV_jVj​ and valuation Vj(t)=Vje−αtV_j(t) = V_j e^{-\alpha t}Vj​(t)=Vj​e−αt at time ttt, with a common decline factor α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0.

A customer arriving at t<Tt < Tt<T either buys immediately at p1p_1p1​ or waits until TTT, when he requests a unit if the discounted price leaves him a nonnegative surplus. Waiting is uncertain in two ways: the remaining inventory QTQ_TQT​ is random, and when fewer units remain than customers request them, units are rationed at random. A belief is a probability mass function π\piπ of QTQ_TQT​ on {0,…,Q}\{0, \dots, Q\}{0,…,Q} together with allocation probabilities a(q)=Pr⁡{A∣QT=q}∈[0,1]a(q) = \Pr\{\mathcal A \mid Q_T = q\} \in [0,1]a(q)=Pr{A∣QT​=q}∈[0,1], a(0)=0a(0) = 0a(0)=0, where A\mathcal AA is the event that the customer is allocated a unit. It is determined by the other customers' strategies, which are arbitrary.

With δ=e−α(T−t)\delta = e^{-\alpha(T-t)}δ=e−α(T−t), the expected surplus of waiting of a customer with current valuation ψ\psiψ is

Wt(ψ)=EQT ⁣[max⁡{ψδ−p2(QT),0}⋅1{A∣QT}]=∑q=0Qπ(q) a(q) max⁡{ψδ−p2(q),0}.W_t(\psi) = \mathrm E_{Q_T}\!\left[\max\{\psi\delta - p_2(Q_T), 0\}\cdot \mathbf 1\{\mathcal A \mid Q_T\}\right] = \sum_{q=0}^{Q}\pi(q)\,a(q)\,\max\{\psi\delta - p_2(q), 0\}.Wt​(ψ)=EQT​​[max{ψδ−p2​(QT​),0}⋅1{A∣QT​}]=q=0∑Q​π(q)a(q)max{ψδ−p2​(q),0}.

The paper's purchase rule (p. 344): buy immediately iff the current surplus V(t)−p1V(t) - p_1V(t)−p1​ is nonnegative and at least Wt(V(t))W_t(V(t))Wt​(V(t)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 and Corollary 1

Assume p1≥0p_1 \ge 0p1​≥0, and α>0\alpha > 0α>0 or ∑qπ(q)a(q)<1\sum_q \pi(q)a(q) < 1∑q​π(q)a(q)<1. For every t∈[0,T)t \in [0,T)t∈[0,T) the equation

ψ−p1=Wt(ψ)(2)\psi - p_1 = W_t(\psi) \tag{2}ψ−p1​=Wt​(ψ)(2)

has a unique solution ψ(t)≥p1\psi(t) \ge p_1ψ(t)≥p1​; a customer arriving at ttt buys immediately under the purchase rule if and only if V(t)≥ψ(t)V(t) \ge \psi(t)V(t)≥ψ(t); and the threshold function ψ:[0,T)→[p1,∞)\psi : [0, T) \to [p_1, \infty)ψ:[0,T)→[p1​,∞) is nondecreasing in ttt.

Milestones

  1. The right-hand side of (2) is nonnegative and nondecreasing in ψ\psiψ, with increments bracketed by δ Pr⁡{ψδ≥p2(QT),A}\delta\,\Pr\{\psi\delta \ge p_2(Q_T), \mathcal A\}δPr{ψδ≥p2​(QT​),A} at the two endpoints, and this slope is below one.
  2. Equation (2) has a unique solution ψ≥p1\psi \ge p_1ψ≥p1​.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces a customer's strategy, a function of arrival time and valuation, to one threshold function ψ\psiψ on [0,T)[0, T)[0,T). The segment sizes ΛI,ΛS,ΛW,ΛL\Lambda_I, \Lambda_S, \Lambda_W, \Lambda_LΛI​,ΛS​,ΛW​,ΛL​ of §4.2, the seller's menu problem (3), the equilibrium iteration (4) and the closed form of Proposition 2 are all written in terms of ψ\psiψ; without Theorem 1 none of them is defined. Corollary 1, that the threshold rises toward the markdown, is what the paper calls "useful in our analyses below"; the customer segments of Figure 1 are drawn with it.

The result is proved in the paper, with a short appendix argument. No machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a formal statement and proof of the reduction for an arbitrary belief, which fixes the exact hypotheses under which it holds: the paper's slope bound needs either valuation decline (α>0\alpha > 0α>0) or imperfect availability, and the monotonicity of the threshold needs a nonnegative premium price. A formal WtW_tWt​ and threshold are the starting point for formalizing the equilibrium and pricing results of the paper.

Difficulty

The mathematics is one-dimensional. The difficulty is in stating it exactly. WtW_tWt​ is piecewise linear with a kink wherever ψδ\psi\deltaψδ crosses a menu price, so the paper's derivative is only a one-sided derivative, and the uniqueness argument has to use increments. The paper's bound "slope <1< 1<1" is false when α=0\alpha = 0α=0 and a unit is allocated with certainty; then (2) has either no finite solution or a half-line of them. The threshold's monotonicity in ttt rests on Wt(ψ)W_t(\psi)Wt​(ψ) increasing in ttt for fixed ψ\psiψ, which needs ψ≥0\psi \ge 0ψ≥0; with a negative premium price the threshold can decrease. The naive reading of "optimal to use a threshold" as an abstract fixed-point fact about any monotone function with slope below one discards the model and is not the goal.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace SeasonalPricing.Contingent. Time, prices and valuations are real numbers. The belief is a pair pmf alloc : ℕ → ℝ restricted to {0, …, Q} (IsInventoryBelief), not a random variable on a probability space; only the law of (QT,1{A})(Q_T, \mathbf 1\{\mathcal A\})(QT​,1{A}) enters (2). The menu is p2 : ℕ → ℝ with p2(q)≤p1p_2(q) \le p_1p2​(q)≤p1​ required on {1,…,Q}\{1, \dots, Q\}{1,…,Q} only; p2(0)p_2(0)p2​(0) never matters because a(0)=0a(0) = 0a(0)=0. The belief does not depend on the arrival time, as in Eq. (4) of the paper. waitingSurplus is WtW_tWt​ with e−α(T−t)e^{-\alpha(T-t)}e−α(T−t) written Real.exp (-(α * (T - t))); buysNow is the purchase rule, stated on the current valuation V(t)V(t)V(t).

Readings of the paper's words:

  • "the unique solution" of (2): existence and uniqueness of a real ψ≥p1\psi \ge p_1ψ≥p1​ (∃!). The paper's "ψ∈[p1,∞]\psi \in [p_1, \infty]ψ∈[p1​,∞]" includes ∞\infty∞ only in the case excluded by the added hypothesis.
  • "it is optimal to base purchasing decisions on a threshold function": the purchase rule of p. 344 holds exactly when V(t)≥ψ(t)V(t) \ge \psi(t)V(t)≥ψ(t).
  • "derivative … <1< 1<1": a two-sided bracket on increments of WtW_tWt​, with right slope δPr⁡{ψδ≥p2(QT),A}\delta\Pr\{\psi\delta \ge p_2(Q_T), \mathcal A\}δPr{ψδ≥p2​(QT​),A}, below one.
  • "increasing" (Corollary 1): nondecreasing (MonotoneOn), since ψ\psiψ is constant on an initial interval whenever no menu price is reachable (p. 347).

Added hypotheses, both named in the statements: α>0\alpha > 0α>0 or ∑qπ(q)a(q)<1\sum_q \pi(q)a(q) < 1∑q​π(q)a(q)<1, the one hypothesis the paper's proof uses without stating it; and p1≥0p_1 \ge 0p1​≥0, the model's convention that prices are nonnegative. Only the branch 0≤t<T0 \le t < T0≤t<T of the threshold θ\thetaθ is stated: for t≥Tt \ge Tt≥T the paper's θ(t)=p2\theta(t) = p_2θ(t)=p2​ is the model's rule for late customers. The belief enters through the explicit sum; a formalization with an unspecified monotone WWW, or with ψ(t)\psi(t)ψ(t) defined by choice inside a definition, is not the target.

No new library is needed beyond finite sums, max and Real.exp. A lemma on unique roots of ψ↦ψ−c−f(ψ)\psi \mapsto \psi - c - f(\psi)ψ↦ψ−c−f(ψ) for fff with increments bounded by k(ψ′−ψ)k(\psi' - \psi)k(ψ′−ψ), k<1k < 1k<1, is reusable. Proofs of the milestones and the goal, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Aviv and A. Pazgal, Optimal Pricing of Seasonal Products in the Presence of Forward-Looking Consumers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(3):339–359, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1070.0183
  • X. Su, Intertemporal Pricing with Strategic Customer Behavior, Management Science 53(5):726–741, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0667
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Theory of Dynamic Programming: The Index Rule for Bellman's Stochastic Gold-Mining ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Richard Bellman's survey The theory of dynamic programming (Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 60 (1954), 503–515, DOI 10.1090/s0002-9904-1954-09848-8) introduced dynamic programming to a general mathematical audience. It states the principle of optimality (§2, p. 504): "An optimal policy has the property that whatever the initial state and initial decisions are, the remaining decisions must constitute an optimal policy with regard to the state resulting from the first decisions", and derives from it the functional equations of finite and infinite stochastic decision processes, (4.2) and (5.1) (p. 506).

The survey illustrates the method on a small number of worked examples. The second of them, §8 "Stochastic gold mining" (pp. 508–509), is the one with a sharp answer: a two-armed sequential allocation problem with an absorbing failure state, whose optimal policy is a simple index rule. It is an early instance of the allocation-index phenomenon later made general by Gittins and Jones (1974) and Gittins (1979), and the paper itself notes (p. 509) that the rule "is not valid generally in more complicated decision processes", citing a counterexample of Karlin and Shapiro. The full treatment is in Bellman's RAND report R-245 and his 1957 book Dynamic Programming.

Setting

Two gold mines, Anaconda (AAA) and Bonanza (BBB), hold amounts x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 and y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 of gold. A single machine can be used in either mine. A use in Anaconda succeeds with probability ppp: it then mines a fraction rrr of the gold currently in Anaconda and the machine stays undamaged. With probability 1−p1-p1−p it mines nothing and the machine is destroyed. Bonanza behaves the same way with probability qqq and fraction sss. While the machine works, the operator chooses the next mine; the aim is to maximize the expected amount mined before the machine is destroyed.

The only information the operator ever receives is that the machine still works. A policy is therefore a choice sequence σ=(σ0,σ1,… )∈{A,B}N\sigma = (\sigma_0, \sigma_1, \dots) \in \{A, B\}^{\mathbb N}σ=(σ0​,σ1​,…)∈{A,B}N: the mine for use number nnn, applied if uses 0,…,n−10, \dots, n-10,…,n−1 succeeded. With ana_nan​, bnb_nbn​ the numbers of AAA- and BBB-uses among the first nnn, use nnn collects gn=rx(1−r)ang_n = r x (1-r)^{a_n}gn​=rx(1−r)an​ if σn=A\sigma_n = Aσn​=A and gn=sy(1−s)bng_n = s y (1-s)^{b_n}gn​=sy(1−s)bn​ if σn=B\sigma_n = Bσn​=B, and does so with probability ∏k=0nπσk\prod_{k=0}^{n} \pi_{\sigma_k}∏k=0n​πσk​​ (πA=p\pi_A = pπA​=p, πB=q\pi_B = qπB​=q). The expected return is

J(σ;x,y)=∑n≥0(∏k=0nπσk)gn,J(\sigma; x, y) = \sum_{n \ge 0} \Big(\prod_{k=0}^{n} \pi_{\sigma_k}\Big) g_n ,J(σ;x,y)=n≥0∑​(k=0∏n​πσk​​)gn​,

and Bellman's (8.1) defines the optimal return

f(x,y)=sup⁡σJ(σ;x,y).f(x, y) = \sup_\sigma J(\sigma; x, y).f(x,y)=σsup​J(σ;x,y).

In Lean these are expectedReturn p q r s σ x y and optimalReturn p q r s x y in the namespace BellmanTheoryDP.GoldMining.

Formalization targets

Milestone: the functional equation (8.2), p. 508

f(x,y)=max⁡{p [rx+f((1−r)x,y)], q [sy+f(x,(1−s)y)]}.f(x, y) = \max\Big\{ p\,[r x + f((1-r)x, y)],\ q\,[s y + f(x, (1-s)y)] \Big\}.f(x,y)=max{p[rx+f((1−r)x,y)], q[sy+f(x,(1−s)y)]}.

Goal: the decision rule (8.3), p. 509, corrected

Write VA=p[rx+f((1−r)x,y)]V_A = p[rx + f((1-r)x, y)]VA​=p[rx+f((1−r)x,y)] and VB=q[sy+f(x,(1−s)y)]V_B = q[sy + f(x, (1-s)y)]VB​=q[sy+f(x,(1−s)y)] for the two branches of (8.2). For 0<p,q,r,s<10 < p, q, r, s < 10<p,q,r,s<1 and x,y≥0x, y \ge 0x,y≥0:

prx1−p>qsy1−q⇒VA>VB,prx1−p<qsy1−q⇒VA<VB,prx1−p=qsy1−q⇒VA=VB.\frac{prx}{1-p} > \frac{qsy}{1-q} \Rightarrow V_A > V_B, \qquad \frac{prx}{1-p} < \frac{qsy}{1-q} \Rightarrow V_A < V_B, \qquad \frac{prx}{1-p} = \frac{qsy}{1-q} \Rightarrow V_A = V_B .1−pprx​>1−qqsy​⇒VA​>VB​,1−pprx​<1−qqsy​⇒VA​<VB​,1−pprx​=1−qqsy​⇒VA​=VB​.

The paper prints the rule with (1−r)(1-r)(1−r) and (1−s)(1-s)(1−s) in the denominators:

a. For prx/(1−r)>qsy/(1−s)prx/(1 - r) > qsy/(1 - s)prx/(1−r)>qsy/(1−s), choose A, b. For prx/(1−r)<qsy/(1−s)prx/(1 - r) < qsy/(1 - s)prx/(1−r)<qsy/(1−s), choose B, c. For prx/(1−r)=qsy/(1−s)prx/(1 - r) = qsy/(1 - s)prx/(1−r)=qsy/(1−s), choose either.

and glosses it as "the locus of points where immediate expected gain over immediate expected loss is the same for both choices". The immediate expected loss is the probability of destroying the machine, 1−p1-p1−p (resp. 1−q1-q1−q), not 1−r1 - r1−r. As printed the rule is false: with p=1/2p = 1/2p=1/2, r=0.9r = 0.9r=0.9, q=0.9q = 0.9q=0.9, s=0.1s = 0.1s=0.1, x=1x = 1x=1, y=2y = 2y=2 the printed indices are 4.5>0.24.5 > 0.24.5>0.2, but VA≈0.924<VB≈1.055V_A \approx 0.924 < V_B \approx 1.055VA​≈0.924<VB​≈1.055. The mission's goal is the corrected rule, the one the paper describes in words.

Companion: the index policy is optimal, p. 509

"Using this prescription, f(x,y)f(x, y)f(x,y) may be computed recurrently": the choice sequence σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ generated by applying the corrected rule to the current amounts at every use satisfies J(σ∗;x,y)=f(x,y)J(\sigma^*; x, y) = f(x, y)J(σ∗;x,y)=f(x,y).

Significance

The decision rule reduces an optimization over infinite sequences to comparing two explicit numbers, one per mine, each depending only on that mine's own data. This is the defining property of an index policy, and gold mining is one of the earliest problems where it was observed. The functional equation (8.2) is the concrete form, for this process, of the infinite-horizon equation (5.1) that the paper states formally.

Formalizing the example yields a complete machine-checked instance of the principle of optimality for an infinite-horizon stochastic process whose state space (the amounts left in the two mines) is infinite, where the supremum over policies is not attained trivially and the finite-horizon recursion does not apply directly. It also records, with a checked statement, the correction of the misprint in (8.3). No machine-checked proof of (8.2) or (8.3) is known to exist.

Difficulty

The equation (8.2) looks immediate, and the paper calls it "easily seen". The informal argument treats fff as the value of an optimal policy, but fff is a supremum over infinite sequences that need not be attained a priori, and the return of a sequence is an infinite series. The finite-horizon recursion (4.2) does not apply as it stands, because the process has no last stage and its state space, the amounts left in the two mines, is infinite.

The rule (8.3) compares the two optimal continuations f((1−r)x,y)f((1-r)x, y)f((1−r)x,y) and f(x,(1−s)y)f(x, (1-s)y)f(x,(1−s)y), which are themselves unknown. A comparison of the one-step gains alone does not decide it, as the misprinted rule shows. Parts a and b are strict preferences, so it is not enough to show that one choice is at least as good as the other.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. The mines are a two-element inductive type Mine; a policy is a function ℕ → Mine (ChoiceSeq). All quantities are real numbers. Randomized policies are mixtures of choice sequences and give no larger return, so they are not modelled. No restriction to stationary or Markov policies is made: fff is the supremum over all sequences.
  • Parameter ranges. The paper does not state them. The theorems assume 0<p,q,r,s<10 < p, q, r, s < 10<p,q,r,s<1 and x,y≥0x, y \ge 0x,y≥0 (zero amounts allowed). p,q<1p, q < 1p,q<1 keeps the indices prx/(1−p)prx/(1-p)prx/(1−p), qsy/(1−q)qsy/(1-q)qsy/(1−q) well defined.
  • Series and supremum. JJJ is a real tsum and fff a real iSup. For the parameter ranges above the terms are nonnegative, the partial sums are bounded by x+yx + yx+y, and the family is bounded above, so neither Lean default value (0 for a divergent series or an unbounded supremum) arises; this is stated as the auxiliary theorem expectedReturn_le_add.
  • Survival indexing. The gold of use nnn is counted only if use nnn itself succeeds, so the survival product runs over k≤nk \le nk≤n.
  • The misprint. The goal and the index policy use (1−p)(1-p)(1−p), (1−q)(1-q)(1−q) in place of the printed (1−r)(1-r)(1−r), (1−s)(1-s)(1−s). The printed rule appears only as the quotation above.
  • No trivializing encoding. fff is defined as the supremum of expected returns over all choice sequences, per (8.1); it is not defined as a solution of (8.2), as the value of the index policy, or as a limit of value iteration, any of which would make the milestone or the goal true by definition.
  • Auxiliary theorems (not from the paper). The bound 0≤J≤x+y0 \le J \le x + y0≤J≤x+y with summability, the one-step unrolling J(σ)=p[rx+J(σ′;(1−r)x,y)]J(\sigma) = p[rx + J(\sigma'; (1-r)x, y)]J(σ)=p[rx+J(σ′;(1−r)x,y)] when σ0=A\sigma_0 = Aσ0​=A (and symmetrically), and the single-mine values f(x,0)=prx/(1−p(1−r))f(x, 0) = prx/(1 - p(1-r))f(x,0)=prx/(1−p(1−r)), f(0,y)=qsy/(1−q(1−s))f(0, y) = qsy/(1-q(1-s))f(0,y)=qsy/(1−q(1−s)) are included as footholds. They are not milestones.
  • Related platform content. AllocationIndices.two_discount_index_policy_optimal (Gittins et al., Theorem 3.4) concerns Markov bandits whose rewards are discounted by ata^tat at global time ttt; gold mining multiplies by the success probability of each use of the mine used, so it is a different model and is not reused. BertsekasDP.dp_algorithm_optimality is finite-horizon and does not give (8.2).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the auxiliary theorems, of (8.2), of the decision rule, and of the optimality of the index policy.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, The theory of dynamic programming, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 60 (1954), no. 6, 503–515. https://doi.org/10.1090/s0002-9904-1954-09848-8
  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957.
  • J. C. Gittins, Bandit processes and dynamic allocation indices, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. Ser. B 41 (1979), 148–177. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1979.tb01068.x
  • J. C. Gittins, K. D. Glazebrook, R. Weber, Multi-armed Bandit Allocation Indices, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470980033
4 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Taming the Monster: A Fast and Simple Algorithm for Contextual Bandits I: The Regret Bound of ILOVETOCONBANDITSResearch Paper

Motivation

In a contextual bandit problem a learner repeatedly observes a context (a user, a patient, a query), chooses one of KKK actions, and observes the reward of the chosen action only. It competes with the best policy of a fixed class Π\PiΠ of maps from contexts to actions. This is the standard model for news and advertisement recommendation, adaptive clinical assignment and other interactive decision problems in which counterfactual rewards are never observed.

Two requirements pull against each other. Statistically, the optimal regret against a finite class is of order KTln⁡∣Π∣\sqrt{KT\ln|\Pi|}KTln∣Π∣​, attained by the exponential-weights algorithm Exp4 (Auer et al. 2002), whose running time is linear in ∣Π∣|\Pi|∣Π∣ per round. Computationally, practical policy classes are exponentially large and are accessed only through a supervised learning routine. Agarwal, Hsu, Kale, Langford, Li and Schapire (2014) give ILOVETOCONBANDITS, which reaches the optimal regret while touching Π\PiΠ only through an arg-max oracle, and only O~(KT/ln⁡∣Π∣)\tilde O(\sqrt{KT/\ln|\Pi|})O~(KT/ln∣Π∣​) times in TTT rounds.

Timeline. Exp4 (2002) attains O(KTln⁡∣Π∣)O(\sqrt{KT\ln|\Pi|})O(KTln∣Π∣​) against adversarial rewards with running time Ω(∣Π∣)\Omega(|\Pi|)Ω(∣Π∣). Epsilon-greedy and Epoch-Greedy (Langford and Zhang 2007) are oracle-efficient but have regret of order T2/3T^{2/3}T2/3. Exp4.P (Beygelzimer et al. 2011) proves the optimal bound with high probability. RandomizedUCB (Dudík et al. 2011) is the first oracle-based algorithm with optimal regret in the i.i.d. model, but its number of oracle calls is a large polynomial in TTT. ILOVETOCONBANDITS (2014) keeps the regret and reduces the calls to O~(KT/ln⁡(∣Π∣/δ))\tilde O(\sqrt{KT/\ln(|\Pi|/\delta)})O~(KT/ln(∣Π∣/δ)​).

Setting

There are KKK actions, a measurable context space XXX, and a finite nonempty policy class Π\PiΠ of measurable maps X→{0,…,K−1}X\to\{0,\dots,K-1\}X→{0,…,K−1}. A distribution D\mathcal DD on X×[0,1]KX\times[0,1]^KX×[0,1]K generates context/reward-vector pairs (xt,rt)(x_t,r_t)(xt​,rt​), t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…, independently. In round ttt the learner sees xtx_txt​, draws an action ata_tat​ with probability pt(at)p_t(a_t)pt​(at​), and observes only rt(at)r_t(a_t)rt​(at​). The history HtH_tHt​ is the list of records (xi,ai,ri(ai),pi(ai))(x_i,a_i,r_i(a_i),p_i(a_i))(xi​,ai​,ri​(ai​),pi​(ai​)), i≤ti\le ti≤t.

The expected reward of a policy is R(π)=E(x,r)∼D[r(π(x))]\mathcal R(\pi)=\mathbb E_{(x,r)\sim\mathcal D}[r(\pi(x))]R(π)=E(x,r)∼D​[r(π(x))], π⋆\pi_\starπ⋆​ is any maximizer over Π\PiΠ, and Reg(π)=R(π⋆)−R(π)\mathrm{Reg}(\pi)=\mathcal R(\pi_\star)-\mathcal R(\pi)Reg(π)=R(π⋆​)−R(π). The regret after TTT rounds is the empirical cumulative quantity ∑t=1T(rt(π⋆(xt))−rt(at))\sum_{t=1}^T\bigl(r_t(\pi_\star(x_t))-r_t(a_t)\bigr)∑t=1T​(rt​(π⋆​(xt​))−rt​(at​)).

The inverse propensity scoring estimate is R^t(π)=1t∑i≤tri(ai)1{π(xi)=ai}/pi(ai)\widehat{\mathcal R}_t(\pi)=\frac1t\sum_{i\le t}r_i(a_i)\mathbb 1\{\pi(x_i)=a_i\}/p_i(a_i)Rt​(π)=t1​∑i≤t​ri​(ai​)1{π(xi​)=ai​}/pi​(ai​), and Reg^t(π)=max⁡π′R^t(π′)−R^t(π)\widehat{\mathrm{Reg}}_t(\pi)=\max_{\pi'}\widehat{\mathcal R}_t(\pi')-\widehat{\mathcal R}_t(\pi)Reg​t​(π)=maxπ′​Rt​(π′)−Rt​(π). For nonnegative weights QQQ on Π\PiΠ with total mass at most one, the smoothed projection is Qμ(a∣x)=(1−Kμ)∑π:π(x)=aQ(π)+μQ^\mu(a\mid x)=(1-K\mu)\sum_{\pi:\pi(x)=a}Q(\pi)+\muQμ(a∣x)=(1−Kμ)∑π:π(x)=a​Q(π)+μ.

ILOVETOCONBANDITS takes an epoch schedule 0=τ0<τ1<⋯0=\tau_0<\tau_1<\cdots0=τ0​<τ1​<⋯ and δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), sets dt=ln⁡(16t2∣Π∣/δ)d_t=\ln(16t^2|\Pi|/\delta)dt​=ln(16t2∣Π∣/δ) and μm=min⁡{1/(2K),dτm/(Kτm)}\mu_m=\min\{1/(2K),\sqrt{d_{\tau_m}/(K\tau_m)}\}μm​=min{1/(2K),dτm​​/(Kτm​)​}. At the end of epoch mmm (round τm\tau_mτm​) it chooses weights QmQ_mQm​ solving the optimization problem (OP): with bπ=Reg^τm(π)/(100μm)b_\pi=\widehat{\mathrm{Reg}}_{\tau_m}(\pi)/(100\mu_m)bπ​=Reg​τm​​(π)/(100μm​),

∑πQ(π)bπ≤2K,E^x∼Hτm[1/Qμm(π(x)∣x)]≤2K+bπ  ∀π∈Π.\sum_\pi Q(\pi)b_\pi\le2K,\qquad \widehat{\mathbb E}_{x\sim H_{\tau_m}}\bigl[1/Q^{\mu_m}(\pi(x)\mid x)\bigr]\le2K+b_\pi\ \ \forall\pi\in\Pi.π∑​Q(π)bπ​≤2K,Ex∼Hτm​​​[1/Qμm​(π(x)∣x)]≤2K+bπ​  ∀π∈Π.

During epoch m+1m+1m+1 it puts the leftover mass on the empirical maximizer πτm\pi_{\tau_m}πτm​​, obtaining a distribution Q~m\widetilde Q_mQ​m​, and draws at∼Q~mμm(⋅∣xt)a_t\sim\widetilde Q_m^{\mu_m}(\cdot\mid x_t)at​∼Q​mμm​​(⋅∣xt​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 in the explicit form of Lemma 17

Assume τm+1≤2τm\tau_{m+1}\le2\tau_mτm+1​≤2τm​ for m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and let m0=min⁡{m≥1:dτm/τm≤1/(4K)}m_0=\min\{m\ge1:d_{\tau_m}/\tau_m\le1/(4K)\}m0​=min{m≥1:dτm​​/τm​≤1/(4K)}, ρ=sup⁡m≥m0τm/τm−1\rho=\sup_{m\ge m_0}\sqrt{\tau_m/\tau_{m-1}}ρ=supm≥m0​​τm​/τm−1​​, c0=4ρ(1+94.1)c_0=4\rho(1+94.1)c0​=4ρ(1+94.1), C0=400+c0C_0=400+c_0C0​=400+c0​, and m(T)=min⁡{m:T≤τm}m(T)=\min\{m:T\le\tau_m\}m(T)=min{m:T≤τm​}. For every TTT, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

∑t=1T(rt(π⋆(xt))−rt(at))≤C0(4Kdτm0−1+8Kdτm(T)τm(T))+8Tln⁡(2/δ).\sum_{t=1}^T\bigl(r_t(\pi_\star(x_t))-r_t(a_t)\bigr)\le C_0\Bigl(4Kd_{\tau_{m_0-1}}+\sqrt{8Kd_{\tau_{m(T)}}\tau_{m(T)}}\Bigr)+\sqrt{8T\ln(2/\delta)}.t=1∑T​(rt​(π⋆​(xt​))−rt​(at​))≤C0​(4Kdτm0​−1​​+8Kdτm(T)​​τm(T)​​)+8Tln(2/δ)​.

It holds for every (OP)-solution selection and every tie-breaking rule. Since τm(T)≤2(T−1)\tau_{m(T)}\le2(T-1)τm(T)​≤2(T−1) once τm(T)−1≥1\tau_{m(T)-1}\ge1τm(T)−1​≥1, this is the paper's O(KTln⁡(T∣Π∣/δ)+Kln⁡(T∣Π∣/δ))O\bigl(\sqrt{KT\ln(T|\Pi|/\delta)}+K\ln(T|\Pi|/\delta)\bigr)O(KTln(T∣Π∣/δ)​+Kln(T∣Π∣/δ)).

Milestones

Freedman's inequality (Lemma 9); the uniform deviation of true from empirical variances (Lemma 10); the deviation of the IPS estimates (Lemma 11); on the event E\mathcal EE where both deviations hold, the variance bound (Lemma 12), the two-sided comparison of Reg\mathrm{Reg}Reg and Reg^t\widehat{\mathrm{Reg}}_tReg​t​ (Lemma 13), and the low regret of the sampling distribution (Lemma 14); and the deterministic sums of the μm\mu_mμm​ (Lemmas 15, 16).

Significance

The theorem shows that optimal regret in the i.i.d. contextual bandit problem does not require enumerating the policy class: a sequence of convex feasibility problems, each solvable with few oracle calls (Theorem 3, the companion mission), suffices. The inverse-propensity variance constraint of (OP) and the epoch-and-warm-start structure became the template for later oracle-based methods, and the paper's Online Cover variant is implemented in the Vowpal Wabbit learning system.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. The platform holds Exp4 (Bandit Algorithms VIII, adversarial rewards and expert advice) and SquareCB (Foundations of RL II, regression oracles), both different algorithms in different models, and Azuma–Hoeffding (bounded_diff_martingale_two_sided), which the proof of Lemma 17 uses. This mission adds the first inverse-propensity estimator, the first oracle-based policy-class bandit algorithm, and Freedman's inequality with a conditional-variance sum. Several statements are proved in the paper only in outline: Lemma 10 has a proof sketch that defers to Dudík et al. (2011), and the paper asserts Pr⁡(E)≥1−δ/2\Pr(\mathcal E)\ge1-\delta/2Pr(E)≥1−δ/2 without spelling out how the first case of (14) follows from Lemma 11.

Difficulty

The regret of the algorithm depends on the quality of its own data. The estimates R^t\widehat{\mathcal R}_tRt​ have variance governed by the distributions Q~m\widetilde Q_mQ​m​ the algorithm chose earlier, and those distributions were chosen from the estimates. A direct union bound over Π\PiΠ with the worst-case variance 1/μ1/\mu1/μ gives regret of order T2/3T^{2/3}T2/3, the Epoch-Greedy rate. The argument that avoids this must show that a policy with large variance was already known to be bad, and the estimated and true regrets must be compared inductively over epochs with constants that do not grow (θ2≥8ρ\theta_2\ge8\rhoθ2​≥8ρ). The inequality must also hold for every solution of (OP), not a particular one.

The martingale structure requires care: the action of round ttt is drawn from a distribution that depends on the whole past and must not look at rtr_trt​, and Lemma 10 must hold uniformly over all distributions PPP on Π\PiΠ, not just finitely supported ones.

Formalization scope

The formalization commits to the following representation and conventions.

  • Actions are Fin K with 0 < K (NeZero K); Π\PiΠ is a nonempty Finset (X → Fin K) of measurable maps; weights on Π\PiΠ are real functions on its subtype. D\mathcal DD is a probability measure on X × (Fin K → ℝ) with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1] almost surely.
  • The run lives on a probability space carrying Zt=(xt,rt)Z_t=(x_t,r_t)Zt​=(xt​,rt​) i.i.d. with law D\mathcal DD and UtU_tUt​ i.i.d. uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1], independent of the ZZZ's. The action is the inverse distribution function of Q~μ(⋅∣xt)\widetilde Q^{\mu}(\cdot\mid x_t)Q​μ(⋅∣xt​) at UtU_tUt​, so it has the right law and is independent of rtr_trt​ given the past and xtx_txt​. The tie-breaking rule and the (OP)-selection are arbitrary measurable functions of the observable history (a list of records). The selection must return an (OP) solution for every history of length τm\tau_mτm​; such selections exist by Theorem 3.
  • Rounds and epochs are 1,2,…1,2,\dots1,2,… as in the paper; ln⁡\lnln is Real.log.
  • μ0:=1/(2K)\mu_0:=1/(2K)μ0​:=1/(2K). The printed formula is 0/00/00/0 at τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, and the proofs of Lemmas 12 and 14 use this value.
  • The goal and Lemmas 13–14 assume m0≥2m_0\ge2m0​≥2, i.e. dτ1/τ1>1/(4K)d_{\tau_1}/\tau_1>1/(4K)dτ1​​/τ1​>1/(4K), which holds e.g. for τ1=1\tau_1=1τ1​=1. It replaces the paper's "τ1=O(1)\tau_1=O(1)τ1​=O(1)". It makes dτm0−1d_{\tau_{m_0-1}}dτm0​−1​​ finite and ρ≤2\rho\le\sqrt2ρ≤2​, so ρ\rhoρ is a genuine real supremum.
  • Explicit constants: ψ=100\psi=100ψ=100, θ1=94.1\theta_1=94.1θ1​=94.1, θ2=ψ/6.4\theta_2=\psi/6.4θ2​=ψ/6.4, c0=4ρ(1+θ1)c_0=4\rho(1+\theta_1)c0​=4ρ(1+θ1​), C0=4ψ+c0C_0=4\psi+c_0C0​=4ψ+c0​, 6.46.46.4, 757575, 6.36.36.3, 81.381.381.3, e−2e-2e−2. ρ\rhoρ is not replaced by 2\sqrt22​.
  • Where the paper allows λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 or μm=0\mu_m=0μm​=0 (Lemmas 9–11), the bound is +∞+\infty+∞. These cases are excluded (λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, μm>0\mu_m>0μm​>0) because x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 in Lean. Lemma 9 adds measurability and integrability of XtX_tXt​ and Xt2X_t^2Xt2​.
  • Probability statements bound the (outer) measure of the failure event by δ\deltaδ.

A statement about "a policy mixture with small regret", about the pseudo-regret ∑tReg\sum_t\mathrm{Reg}∑t​Reg of the chosen policies, about a specially chosen (OP) solution, or about actions that may depend on rtr_trt​ is not Theorem 2; none of these is accepted. With these constants the bound exceeds TTT unless TTT is very large, which is a property of the paper's constants, not of the encoding.

Needed infrastructure: Freedman's inequality for the natural filtration, a uniform-over-distributions concentration argument (the probabilistic method of Dudík et al.), measurability of the algorithm's run, and Azuma–Hoeffding. Freedman's inequality and the IPS estimator are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and sharper or cleaner restatements proved as separate lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Agarwal, D. Hsu, S. Kale, J. Langford, L. Li, R. E. Schapire, Taming the Monster: A Fast and Simple Algorithm for Contextual Bandits, ICML 2014; arXiv:1402.0555v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.0555
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Y. Freund, R. E. Schapire, The nonstochastic multiarmed bandit problem, SIAM J. Comput. 32(1), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539701398375
  • A. Beygelzimer, J. Langford, L. Li, L. Reyzin, R. E. Schapire, Contextual bandit algorithms with supervised learning guarantees, AISTATS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4058
  • M. Dudík, D. Hsu, S. Kale, N. Karampatziakis, J. Langford, L. Reyzin, T. Zhang, Efficient optimal learning for contextual bandits, UAI 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1106.2369
  • J. Langford, T. Zhang, The epoch-greedy algorithm for contextual multi-armed bandits, NIPS 2007. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3178-the-epoch-greedy-algorithm-for-multi-armed-bandits-with-side-information
  • D. A. Freedman, On tail probabilities for martingales, Ann. Probab. 3(1), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Mean-Covariance Solutions for Stochastic Optimization I: The General Projection Property of Mean-Covariance Distribution ClassesResearch Paper

Motivation

In robust stochastic optimization a decision maker chooses a decision xxx whose outcome depends on a random vector R\mathbf RR, but knows only the first two moments of R\mathbf RR: its mean vector μ\muμ and its covariance matrix Σ\SigmaΣ. The decision is evaluated by its worst-case expected utility over every distribution consistent with those moments. This model is standard in portfolio selection, where estimated means and covariances are the usual inputs, and in pricing and inventory problems with mean-variance information. It goes back to Scarf's min-max newsvendor (1958) and the Chebyshev-type moment bounds of Bertsimas and Popescu (2005).

For a linear outcome x′Rx'\mathbf Rx′R, such as the return of a portfolio with weights xxx, the robust objective is

U(x)=min⁡R∼(μ,Σ)E[u(x′R)],U(x) = \min_{\mathbf R \sim (\mu,\Sigma)} E[u(x'\mathbf R)],U(x)=R∼(μ,Σ)min​E[u(x′R)],

an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of nnn-variate distributions. Popescu (2007) showed that this problem depends on μ\muμ and Σ\SigmaΣ only through the scalar mean μx=x′μ\mu_x = x'\muμx​=x′μ and variance σx2=x′Σx\sigma_x^2 = x'\Sigma xσx2​=x′Σx. The multivariate robust problem then reduces to a univariate moment problem, and for many utilities to a parametric quadratic program. The reduction rests on one structural fact, the general projection property, which this mission formalizes.

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn. A law on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is a Borel probability measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. For a vector μ∈Rn\mu \in \mathbb R^nμ∈Rn and a real n×nn\times nn×n matrix Σ\SigmaΣ, the mean-covariance class M(μ,Σ)n\mathbb M^n_{(\mu,\Sigma)}M(μ,Σ)n​ is the set of laws PPP under which every coordinate RiR_iRi​ has a finite second moment and

∫Ri dP(R)=μi,∫(Ri−μi)(Rj−μj) dP(R)=Σij(1≤i,j≤n).\int R_i\,dP(R) = \mu_i, \qquad \int (R_i-\mu_i)(R_j-\mu_j)\,dP(R) = \Sigma_{ij} \qquad (1\le i,j\le n).∫Ri​dP(R)=μi​,∫(Ri​−μi​)(Rj​−μj​)dP(R)=Σij​(1≤i,j≤n).

Writing R∼(μ,Σ)\mathbf R \sim (\mu,\Sigma)R∼(μ,Σ) means that the law of R\mathbf RR lies in M(μ,Σ)n\mathbb M^n_{(\mu,\Sigma)}M(μ,Σ)n​. For n=1n=1n=1 the superscript is dropped: for real mmm and vvv, M(m,v)\mathbb M_{(m,v)}M(m,v)​ is the set of laws on R\mathbb RR with finite second moment, mean mmm and variance vvv.

For a vector x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn, the xxx-projection sends the law PPP of R\mathbf RR to the law of the scalar r=x′R\mathbf r = x'\mathbf Rr=x′R, that is, to the pushforward of PPP under R↦x′RR \mapsto x'RR↦x′R. Write μx=x′μ\mu_x = x'\muμx​=x′μ and σx2=x′Σx\sigma_x^2 = x'\Sigma xσx2​=x′Σx. The matrix Σ\SigmaΣ is positive semidefinite, Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0, when x′Σx≥0x'\Sigma x \ge 0x′Σx≥0 for all xxx (and Σ\SigmaΣ is symmetric); Σ1/2\Sigma^{1/2}Σ1/2 denotes its positive semidefinite square root.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (General Projection Property)

For every μ∈Rn\mu \in \mathbb R^nμ∈Rn, every Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and every nonzero x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn, the xxx-projection maps M(μ,Σ)n\mathbb M^n_{(\mu,\Sigma)}M(μ,Σ)n​ into and onto M(μx,σx2)\mathbb M_{(\mu_x,\sigma_x^2)}M(μx​,σx2​)​:

{ law of x′R  :  R∼(μ,Σ)}  =  M(x′μ,  x′Σx).\bigl\{\, \text{law of } x'\mathbf R \;:\; \mathbf R \sim (\mu,\Sigma) \bigr\} \;=\; \mathbb M_{(x'\mu,\; x'\Sigma x)}.{law of x′R:R∼(μ,Σ)}=M(x′μ,x′Σx)​.

The "into" half says every projected law has the right mean and variance. The "onto" half says that every univariate law with mean μx\mu_xμx​ and variance σx2\sigma_x^2σx2​, however heavy-tailed or irregular, is the law of x′Rx'\mathbf Rx′R for some R∼(μ,Σ)\mathbf R \sim (\mu,\Sigma)R∼(μ,Σ). The degenerate case x′Σx=0x'\Sigma x = 0x′Σx=0 is included.

Milestones

  1. The into half (§2.1, justification of (4)): x′Rx'\mathbf Rx′R has mean x′μx'\mux′μ and variance x′Σxx'\Sigma xx′Σx.
  2. The degenerate case: if x′Σx=0x'\Sigma x = 0x′Σx=0 then x′R=x′μx'\mathbf R = x'\mux′R=x′μ almost surely.
  3. Standardization: if r∼(m,v)\mathbf r \sim (m, v)r∼(m,v) with v>0v > 0v>0, then v−1/2(r−m)∼(0,1)v^{-1/2}(\mathbf r - m) \sim (0,1)v−1/2(r−m)∼(0,1).
  4. Normalization: for x′Σx>0x'\Sigma x > 0x′Σx>0, the vector y=(x′Σx)−1/2Σ1/2xy = (x'\Sigma x)^{-1/2}\Sigma^{1/2}xy=(x′Σx)−1/2Σ1/2x satisfies y′y=1y'y = 1y′y=1.
  5. Isotropic lift: if y′y=1y'y = 1y′y=1 and z∼(0,1)\mathbf z \sim (0,1)z∼(0,1), there is Z∼(0,In)\mathbf Z \sim (0, I_n)Z∼(0,In​) with y′Zy'\mathbf Zy′Z distributed as z\mathbf zz.
  6. Affine image: if Z∼(0,In)\mathbf Z \sim (0,I_n)Z∼(0,In​) then μ+Σ1/2Z∼(μ,Σ)\mu + \Sigma^{1/2}\mathbf Z \sim (\mu,\Sigma)μ+Σ1/2Z∼(μ,Σ), and x′(μ+Σ1/2Z)=x′μ+(x′Σx)1/2 y′Zx'(\mu + \Sigma^{1/2}Z) = x'\mu + (x'\Sigma x)^{1/2}\,y'Zx′(μ+Σ1/2Z)=x′μ+(x′Σx)1/2y′Z for every ZZZ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 immediately yields Proposition 1 of the paper: for every objective uuu,

min⁡R∼(μ,Σ)E[u(x′R)]=min⁡r∼(μx,σx2)E[u(r)],\min_{\mathbf R\sim(\mu,\Sigma)} E[u(x'\mathbf R)] = \min_{\mathbf r\sim(\mu_x,\sigma_x^2)} E[u(\mathbf r)],R∼(μ,Σ)min​E[u(x′R)]=r∼(μx​,σx2​)min​E[u(r)],

with minima in the wide sense of infima. The robust objective is therefore a function of (μx,σx)(\mu_x, \sigma_x)(μx​,σx​) alone, which makes every robust mean-covariance problem with a linear outcome a bicriteria mean-variance problem. The paper's later results use this: the two-point and one-point support properties, the parametric quadratic programming solution, and the portfolio applications (bonus schemes, value at risk). The projection property holds with no assumption on uuu, so it serves non-concave, discontinuous and quantile-based objectives alike.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. The mission produces a formal definition of mean-covariance classes that treats integrability honestly, a proof of the projection property, and through it a formally verified reduction of multivariate moment-robust problems to univariate ones. The paper's own construction of the lifted vector has a gap (see Difficulty), so a formal proof also records a corrected argument.

Difficulty

The into half is a computation with linearity of expectation. The difficulty is entirely in the onto half. Given an arbitrary univariate law with prescribed mean and variance, one must build an nnn-variate law with a prescribed full covariance matrix whose one-dimensional marginal in direction xxx is exactly the given law. This is a coupling problem: the obvious approach, taking independent coordinates, fixes the marginal in direction xxx as a convolution and cannot reproduce an arbitrary target. Taking R\mathbf RR supported on the line through μ\muμ in a single direction reproduces the target law but has a rank-one covariance and fails whenever Σ\SigmaΣ has rank above one.

The paper's appendix constructs the lift through conditional distributions of the remaining coordinates given the projected one. As printed, the conditional second-moment requirement it imposes cannot hold for unbounded targets, so that argument does not go through verbatim. The milestone for the lift states only the claim, not the printed construction.

The integrability bookkeeping is real work: every intermediate law must be shown to have finite second moments before its moments can be computed.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with its Borel σ-algebra; x′Rx'Rx′R is the inner product ⟨x,R⟩\langle x, R\rangle⟨x,R⟩; x′Σxx'\Sigma xx′Σx is x.ofLp ⬝ᵥ S *ᵥ x.ofLp, where the matrix Σ\SigmaΣ is named S (the symbol Σ is reserved in Lean).
  • Laws are probability measures. Both classes require finite second moments (MemLp … 2), so that means and covariances are genuine integrals, not the default value 000 that Lean assigns to non-integrable functions. The univariate class is parametrized by the variance v=σ2v = \sigma^2v=σ2, not by σ\sigmaσ.
  • The projection is the pushforward P.map (fun R => ⟪x, R⟫) under a continuous map. "Pathwise" identities in the paper become equalities of pushforward laws, or pointwise algebraic identities.
  • Σ1/2\Sigma^{1/2}Σ1/2 is CFC.sqrt S, acting through Matrix.toEuclideanCLM, as in Mathlib's multivariateGaussian.
  • The goal is stated as Set.MapsTo ∧ Set.SurjOn with both classes explicit. Its only hypotheses are Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and x≠0x \ne 0x=0, as in the paper. No bound on nnn, no invertibility of Σ\SigmaΣ and no positivity of x′Σxx'\Sigma xx′Σx is assumed. Restricting the target to Gaussian, bounded or finitely supported laws, or dropping the finite-second-moment clause (which would admit Cauchy laws as "mean 0, variance 0"), would trivialize or change the theorem and is ruled out.
  • Milestones 3, 4 and 6 assume x′Σx>0x'\Sigma x > 0x′Σx>0 (or v>0v > 0v>0), the case the proof treats after its first sentence; milestone 2 covers the complementary case.

Needed infrastructure: moments of pushforwards under linear and affine maps, a covariance calculus for coordinates of random vectors, and a coupling that realizes the isotropic lift. Mathlib's multivariateGaussian, stdGaussian and CFC.sqrt are available. A reusable lemma "the covariance of AZ+bA\mathbf Z + bAZ+b is A Cov(Z)A′A\,\mathrm{Cov}(\mathbf Z)A'ACov(Z)A′" would serve beyond this mission. Related platform work on moment-based ambiguity sets: Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization II. Contributions of any milestone, and alternative proofs of the lift, are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. Popescu, Robust Mean-Covariance Solutions for Stochastic Optimization, Operations Research 55(1):98–112, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0353
  • D. Bertsimas, I. Popescu, Optimal Inequalities in Probability Theory: A Convex Optimization Approach, SIAM Journal on Optimization 15(3):780–804, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401399903
  • H. Scarf, A Min-Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • W. W. Rogosinski, Moments of Non-Negative Mass, Proceedings of the Royal Society A 245:1–27, 1958. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1958.0062
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Optimal Sample Complexity of PAC Learning: The Optimal Realizable Sample Complexity BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

The sample complexity of a learning problem is the number of labelled examples needed to learn to a prescribed accuracy with a prescribed confidence. In Valiant's probably approximately correct (PAC) model it is the basic quantity of statistical learning theory: it says how much data is necessary and sufficient, as a function of the complexity of the hypothesis class, when the target concept belongs to that class (the realizable case).

For a class of Vapnik–Chervonenkis (VC) dimension ddd the answer was known up to a logarithmic factor for about 25 years:

  • 1982–1989. Vapnik (1982) and Blumer, Ehrenfeucht, Haussler and Warmuth (J. ACM 1989) showed that any learner that outputs a classifier consistent with the sample succeeds with O(1ε(dlog⁡1ε+log⁡1δ))O\left(\frac1\varepsilon\left(d\log\frac1\varepsilon+\log\frac1\delta\right)\right)O(ε1​(dlogε1​+logδ1​)) examples.
  • 1989. Ehrenfeucht, Haussler, Kearns and Valiant (Inform. Comput. 1989) together with Blumer et al. proved the lower bound Ω(1ε(d+log⁡1δ))\Omega\left(\frac1\varepsilon\left(d+\log\frac1\delta\right)\right)Ω(ε1​(d+logδ1​)) for every learner.
  • 1994. Haussler, Littlestone and Warmuth (Inform. Comput. 1994) showed M(ε,δ)=O(dεLog1δ)\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)=O\left(\frac d\varepsilon\mathrm{Log}\frac1\delta\right)M(ε,δ)=O(εd​Logδ1​) with a variant of the one-inclusion graph predictor, which is sometimes better but also does not match the lower bound.
  • 2007–2015. The gap was closed for restricted classes, such as intersection-closed classes (Auer and Ortner 2007; Darnstädt 2015), but not for classes such as linear separators.
  • 2015. Simon (COLT 2015) analysed a majority vote of consistent classifiers trained on disjoint parts of the data and reduced the logarithmic factor to a very slowly growing function of 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε.
  • 2016. Hanneke (JMLR 17(38), 2016; arXiv:1507.00473) removed the logarithmic factor for every class, with an explicit learner: a majority vote of consistent classifiers trained on recursively constructed, overlapping subsamples.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a set with a σ\sigmaσ-algebra and Y={−1,+1}\mathcal Y=\{-1,+1\}Y={−1,+1}. A classifier is a measurable map h:X→Yh:\mathcal X\to\mathcal Yh:X→Y; the concept space C\mathbb CC is a set of classifiers with ∣C∣≥3|\mathbb C|\ge3∣C∣≥3. A finite sequence x1,…,xkx_1,\ldots,x_kx1​,…,xk​ is shattered by C\mathbb CC if every labelling y1,…,yky_1,\ldots,y_ky1​,…,yk​ is realized by some h∈Ch\in\mathbb Ch∈C; the VC dimension ddd is the largest such kkk, assumed finite (then d≥1d\ge1d≥1).

A data set is a finite sequence SSS of pairs in X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y, and C[S]\mathbb C[S]C[S] is the set of h∈Ch\in\mathbb Ch∈C with h(x)=yh(x)=yh(x)=y for all (x,y)∈S(x,y)\in S(x,y)∈S. For a probability measure PPP and a target f⋆∈Cf^\star\in\mathbb Cf⋆∈C, the error of hhh is erP(h;f⋆)=P(ER(h))\mathrm{er}_P(h;f^\star)=P(\mathrm{ER}(h))erP​(h;f⋆)=P(ER(h)), where ER(h)={x:h(x)≠f⋆(x)}\mathrm{ER}(h)=\{x:h(x)\ne f^\star(x)\}ER(h)={x:h(x)=f⋆(x)}. A learning algorithm maps data sets to classifiers.

For ε,δ∈(0,1)\varepsilon,\delta\in(0,1)ε,δ∈(0,1), the sample complexity M(ε,δ)\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)M(ε,δ) (Definition 1) is the least mmm such that some algorithm A\mathcal AA satisfies, for every probability measure P\mathcal PP on X\mathcal XX and every f⋆∈Cf^\star\in\mathbb Cf⋆∈C, with X1,…,XmX_1,\ldots,X_mX1​,…,Xm​ independent with law P\mathcal PP,

P(erP(A((Xi,f⋆(Xi))i≤m);f⋆)≤ε)≥1−δ,\mathbb P\left(\mathrm{er}_{\mathcal P}\left(\mathcal A\big((X_i,f^\star(X_i))_{i\le m}\big);f^\star\right)\le\varepsilon\right)\ge1-\delta,P(erP​(A((Xi​,f⋆(Xi​))i≤m​);f⋆)≤ε)≥1−δ,

and M(ε,δ)=∞\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)=\inftyM(ε,δ)=∞ if there is no such mmm.

The learner of the paper uses three ingredients. A sample-consistent learner LLL returns an element of C[S]\mathbb C[S]C[S] whenever that set is nonempty. The majority vote is Majority(h1,…,hk)(x)=21[∑ihi(x)≥0]−1\mathrm{Majority}(h_1,\ldots,h_k)(x)=2\mathbb 1\left[\sum_i h_i(x)\ge0\right]-1Majority(h1​,…,hk​)(x)=21[∑i​hi​(x)≥0]−1. The subsample algorithm A(S;T)\mathbb A(S;T)A(S;T) returns {S∪T}\{S\cup T\}{S∪T} if ∣S∣≤3|S|\le3∣S∣≤3; otherwise it splits SSS into a head S0S_0S0​ of ∣S∣−3⌊∣S∣/4⌋|S|-3\lfloor|S|/4\rfloor∣S∣−3⌊∣S∣/4⌋ points and three blocks S1,S2,S3S_1,S_2,S_3S1​,S2​,S3​ of ⌊∣S∣/4⌋\lfloor|S|/4\rfloor⌊∣S∣/4⌋ points, and returns the concatenation of A(S0;S2∪S3∪T)\mathbb A(S_0;S_2\cup S_3\cup T)A(S0​;S2​∪S3​∪T), A(S0;S1∪S3∪T)\mathbb A(S_0;S_1\cup S_3\cup T)A(S0​;S1​∪S3​∪T) and A(S0;S1∪S2∪T)\mathbb A(S_0;S_1\cup S_2\cup T)A(S0​;S1​∪S2​∪T). The learned classifier is h^=Majority(L(A(S;∅)))\hat h=\mathrm{Majority}(L(\mathbb A(S;\emptyset)))h^=Majority(L(A(S;∅))).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 with its explicit constant

M(ε,δ)≤1800ε(d+ln⁡(18δ))(ε,δ∈(0,1)).\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)\le\frac{1800}{\varepsilon}\left(d+\ln\left(\frac{18}{\delta}\right)\right)\qquad(\varepsilon,\delta\in(0,1)).M(ε,δ)≤ε1800​(d+ln(δ18​))(ε,δ∈(0,1)).

The paper states Theorem 2 as M(ε,δ)=O(1ε(d+Log1δ))\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)=O\left(\frac1\varepsilon\left(d+\mathrm{Log}\frac1\delta\right)\right)M(ε,δ)=O(ε1​(d+Logδ1​)) with a numerical constant; its proof establishes the bound above with c=1800c=1800c=1800, and that explicit form is the goal. Improving the constant would give a stronger theorem; this statement stays valid.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 4 (Blumer et al. 1989): with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, every h∈C[{(Zi,f⋆(Zi))}i≤m]h\in\mathbb C[\{(Z_i,f^\star(Z_i))\}_{i\le m}]h∈C[{(Zi​,f⋆(Zi​))}i≤m​] has erP(h;f⋆)≤2m(d Log22emd+Log22δ)\mathrm{er}_P(h;f^\star)\le\frac2m\left(d\,\mathrm{Log}_2\frac{2em}d+\mathrm{Log}_2\frac2\delta\right)erP​(h;f⋆)≤m2​(dLog2​d2em​+Log2​δ2​).
  2. Lemma 5: aln⁡(c1(c2+b/a))≤aln⁡(c1(c2+e))+b/ea\ln(c_1(c_2+b/a))\le a\ln(c_1(c_2+e))+b/ealn(c1​(c2​+b/a))≤aln(c1​(c2​+e))+b/e for a,b,c1≥1a,b,c_1\ge1a,b,c1​≥1, c2≥0c_2\ge0c2​≥0.
  3. Structure of A\mathbb AA: every subsample S^\hat SS^ satisfies T⊆S^⊆S∪TT\subseteq\hat S\subseteq S\cup TT⊆S^⊆S∪T, and the number of subsamples does not depend on TTT.
  4. The Chernoff event Ei′′E_i''Ei′′​: if Q(E)≥23nln⁡9δQ(E)\ge\frac{23}n\ln\frac9\deltaQ(E)≥n23​lnδ9​, then with probability 1−δ/91-\delta/91−δ/9 at least 710Q(E)n\frac7{10}Q(E)n107​Q(E)n of nnn i.i.d. points fall in EEE.
  5. The bound (8) and its comparison with 150m+1(d+ln⁡18δ)\frac{150}{m+1}\left(d+\ln\frac{18}\delta\right)m+1150​(d+lnδ18​).
  6. Majority averaging: er(hmaj)≤12 E[P(ER(hI)∩ER(h~))]\mathrm{er}(h_{\mathrm{maj}})\le12\,\mathbb E\left[\mathcal P(\mathrm{ER}(h_I)\cap\mathrm{ER}(\tilde h))\right]er(hmaj​)≤12E[P(ER(hI​)∩ER(h~))] for three equal-size committees.
  7. Claim (9): with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, erP(h^m,T;f⋆)≤1800m+1(d+ln⁡18δ)\mathrm{er}_{\mathcal P}(\hat h_{m,T};f^\star)\le\frac{1800}{m+1}\left(d+\ln\frac{18}\delta\right)erP​(h^m,T​;f⋆)≤m+11800​(d+lnδ18​).
  8. Sample size (10): Majority(L(A(⋅;∅)))\mathrm{Majority}(L(\mathbb A(\cdot;\emptyset)))Majority(L(A(⋅;∅))) is (ε,δ)(\varepsilon,\delta)(ε,δ)-PAC from ⌊1800ε(d+ln⁡18δ)⌋\left\lfloor\frac{1800}\varepsilon\left(d+\ln\frac{18}\delta\right)\right\rfloor⌊ε1800​(d+lnδ18​)⌋ examples.

Significance

Together with the classical lower bound, Theorem 2 gives M(ε,δ)=Θ(1ε(d+log⁡1δ))\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)=\Theta\left(\frac1\varepsilon\left(d+\log\frac1\delta\right)\right)M(ε,δ)=Θ(ε1​(d+logδ1​)): the realizable PAC sample complexity is determined up to a numerical constant by the VC dimension alone. It settles a question open since 1989, shows that the log⁡1ε\log\frac1\varepsilonlogε1​ factor in the classical bounds is an artifact of empirical risk minimization rather than of the learning problem, and supplies an explicit, simple learner that attains the optimal rate. Later work on optimal learners (majority votes over bagged or subsampled ERMs, optimal learning in other settings) builds on this construction.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge no proof assistant contains it, and the formal libraries lack parts of its infrastructure: the classical bound for consistent learners (Lemma 4), multiplicative Chernoff bounds for empirical counts, and conditioning on independent parts of an i.i.d. sample. This mission produces a machine-checked statement of the optimal bound with the paper's explicit constant, a verified formal model of the learner, and reusable components for these three.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to sharpen the analysis of a single consistent classifier, as in the classical bound. Decades of effort along these lines did not remove the log⁡1ε\log\frac1\varepsilonlogε1​ factor, and the paper removes it only by aggregating many classifiers. The error of a majority vote is not controlled by the errors of its voters one at a time. The proof controls the probability that two voters trained on overlapping subsamples err at the same point, which requires tracking which parts of the sample are independent of which trained classifiers through a recursion of depth log⁡4m\log_4 mlog4​m. In a formal development the difficult parts are the conditional-independence bookkeeping for random subsamples of a product measure, the induction over the sample size with a data set TTT that varies with the level, and the numerical constants, which are tight (the key comparison is 149.9997<150149.9997<150149.9997<150).

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Labels are Bool (true for +1+1+1); data sets are lists and ∪\cup∪ is concatenation; C\mathbb CC is a set of measurable functions with ∣C∣≥3|\mathbb C|\ge3∣C∣≥3; the VC dimension is a supremum in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, assumed equal to a natural number ddd. The i.i.d. sample is the product measure Pm\mathcal P^mPm on Fin m→X\mathrm{Fin}\,m\to\mathcal XFinm→X. "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is stated as a bound ≤δ\le\delta≤δ on the outer measure of the failure event. M\mathcal MM takes values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, so the goal is stated as M(ε,δ)≤⌊1800ε(d+ln⁡18δ)⌋\mathcal M(\varepsilon,\delta)\le\left\lfloor\frac{1800}\varepsilon\left(d+\ln\frac{18}\delta\right)\right\rfloorM(ε,δ)≤⌊ε1800​(d+lnδ18​)⌋, which is equivalent. Ties in the majority vote go to +1+1+1, as printed.
  • Algorithms. M\mathcal MM quantifies over deterministic algorithms that output measurable classifiers, chosen before P\mathcal PP and f⋆f^\starf⋆ and seeing only the labelled sample. The paper also admits randomized algorithms (footnote 2), which can only lower M\mathcal MM, so the goal implies the paper's statement.
  • Measurability. The paper assumes that every event in its probability claims is measurable (p. 3). The formalization makes this explicit with two hypotheses: the class is well-behaved (the event of Lemma 4 and the double-sample event of Blumer et al. are null-measurable for every distribution), and the base learner LLL is jointly measurable in the sample and the point. Both hold for every countable class of measurable classifiers, with LLL returning the first consistent classifier of an enumeration. Without the first hypothesis Lemma 4 fails for some classes of VC dimension 1.
  • Ruled out. The following formalizations would make the goal trivial or weaker, and are not used here:
    • a sample complexity whose algorithm may depend on P\mathcal PP or f⋆f^\starf⋆, which gives M≡0\mathcal M\equiv0M≡0;
    • a goal with an existential constant or a ceiling in place of 180018001800 and the floor;
    • measurability hypotheses that no infinite class satisfies;
    • milestones 7–8 stated for an arbitrary family of subsamples instead of the algorithm A\mathbb AA.
  • Needed infrastructure. VC theory for consistent learners (Lemma 4, via the double-sample argument), multiplicative Chernoff bounds for binomial counts, and conditioning of product measures on coordinate blocks. These are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions welcome: a proof of Lemma 4, the Chernoff milestone, the numerical milestone 5, and the majority-vote averaging step, each of which is independent of the others.

Selected references

  • S. Hanneke, The Optimal Sample Complexity of PAC Learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17(38):1–15, 2016. arXiv:1507.00473v4
  • A. Blumer, A. Ehrenfeucht, D. Haussler, M. K. Warmuth, Learnability and the Vapnik–Chervonenkis dimension, Journal of the ACM 36(4):929–965, 1989. doi:10.1145/76359.76371
  • A. Ehrenfeucht, D. Haussler, M. Kearns, L. Valiant, A general lower bound on the number of examples needed for learning, Information and Computation 82(3):247–261, 1989. doi:10.1016/0890-5401(89)90002-3
  • H. U. Simon, An almost optimal PAC algorithm, Proceedings of the 28th Conference on Learning Theory (COLT), PMLR 40:1552–1563, 2015. proceedings.mlr.press/v40/Simon15a
  • D. Haussler, N. Littlestone, M. K. Warmuth, Predicting {0,1}-functions on randomly drawn points, Information and Computation 115(2):248–292, 1994. doi:10.1006/inco.1994.1097
  • P. Auer, R. Ortner, A new PAC bound for intersection-closed concept classes, Machine Learning 66(2–3):151–163, 2007. doi:10.1007/s10994-006-8638-3
  • V. Vapnik, Estimation of Dependences Based on Empirical Data, Springer, 1982.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Linear Optimization under Bandit Feedback 2: A Regret Lower Bound on the CircleResearch Paper

Motivation

In stochastic linear optimization under bandit feedback a learner repeatedly chooses a point xtx_txt​ from a compact decision set D⊂RnD\subset\mathbb R^nD⊂Rn and observes only the random cost ℓt\ell_tℓt​ of that point, whose mean is μ⋅xt\mu\cdot x_tμ⋅xt​ for an unknown vector μ\muμ. The problem models online routing, ad placement and other sequential decisions with linearly structured costs. The quality of a learner is measured by its regret against the best fixed decision.

For the KKK-armed bandit the achievable regret for a fixed instance is logarithmic in the horizon TTT (Lai and Robbins 1985; Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer 2002). Dani, Hayes and Kakade (COLT 2008) showed that for linear costs the picture depends on the geometry of DDD. Their Theorem 1 gives polylogarithmic regret when the decision set has a positive gap between the best and second-best extreme point (a polytope, for instance), and their Theorem 2 gives O∗(nT)O^*(n\sqrt T)O∗(nT​) regret for every decision set. Their Theorem 3 shows that the second rate cannot be improved in general: on a decision set with zero gap, every algorithm pays Ω(T)\Omega(\sqrt T)Ω(T​) in expectation.

Timeline:

  • 2002: Auer, Using confidence bounds for exploitation–exploration trade-offs (JMLR 3), introduces confidence-bound algorithms for linear bandits on finite decision sets.
  • 2008: Dani, Hayes and Kakade prove the O∗(nT)O^*(n\sqrt T)O∗(nT​) upper bound for ConfidenceBall₂ and the Ω(T)\Omega(\sqrt T)Ω(T​) lower bound on a product of circles, the subject of this mission. A hypercube lower bound for the adversarial setting appears in their NIPS 2007 paper.
  • 2010: Rusmevichientong and Tsitsiklis, Linearly parameterized bandits (Math. OR 35), give Ω(nT)\Omega(n\sqrt T)Ω(nT​) lower bounds on the unit sphere.
  • 2020: Lattimore and Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Theorems 24.1 and 24.2, give minimax lower bounds on the hypercube and the unit ball with Gaussian noise.

Setting

The decision set is the unit circle D2=S1={x∈R2:x12+x22=1}D_2=S^1=\{x\in\mathbb R^2: x_1^2+x_2^2=1\}D2​=S1={x∈R2:x12​+x22​=1}. An unknown mean vector μ∈R2\mu\in\mathbb R^2μ∈R2 is drawn once, uniformly from the circle D2/2D_2/2D2​/2 of radius 1/21/21/2; concretely μ=μ(θ)=12(cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ)\mu=\mu(\theta)=\tfrac12(\cos\theta,\sin\theta)μ=μ(θ)=21​(cosθ,sinθ) with θ\thetaθ uniform on [0,2π)[0,2\pi)[0,2π).

On each round t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T the algorithm plays xt∈D2x_t\in D_2xt​∈D2​ and observes a cost ℓt∈{−1,+1}\ell_t\in\{-1,+1\}ℓt​∈{−1,+1} with Pr⁡(ℓt=+1)=(1+μ⋅xt)/2\Pr(\ell_t=+1)=(1+\mu\cdot x_t)/2Pr(ℓt​=+1)=(1+μ⋅xt​)/2, so that E[ℓt]=μ⋅xt\mathbb E[\ell_t]=\mu\cdot x_tE[ℓt​]=μ⋅xt​. Given the decision, the cost is independent of the past.

An algorithm may be randomised. It draws a seed sss once from a probability measure ρ\rhoρ on a measurable space SSS, and chooses xtx_txt​ as a function of sss and the costs ℓ1,…,ℓt−1\ell_1,\dots,\ell_{t-1}ℓ1​,…,ℓt−1​ observed so far, measurably in sss.

The regret over TTT rounds is

R=∑t=1T(μ⋅xt−μ⋅x∗),μ⋅x∗=min⁡x∈D2μ⋅x,R=\sum_{t=1}^T(\mu\cdot x_t-\mu\cdot x^*),\qquad \mu\cdot x^*=\min_{x\in D_2}\mu\cdot x,R=t=1∑T​(μ⋅xt​−μ⋅x∗),μ⋅x∗=x∈D2​min​μ⋅x,

so each round costs rt=μ⋅xt+12≥0r_t=\mu\cdot x_t+\tfrac12\ge0rt​=μ⋅xt​+21​≥0 when ∥μ∥=1/2\|\mu\|=1/2∥μ∥=1/2. The expected regret ER=Eμ E(R∣μ)\mathbb E R=\mathbb E_\mu\,\mathbb E(R\mid\mu)ER=Eμ​E(R∣μ) averages over the seed, the prior and the costs.

In the Lean development these objects are unitCircle, meanVec, optCost, RandomizedPolicy and expectedRegret in the namespace StochLinOpt.LowerBound.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 for n=2n=2n=2

There is a universal constant c>0c>0c>0 such that for every randomised algorithm and every T≥1T\ge1T≥1,

ER ≥ cT.\mathbb E R\ \ge\ c\sqrt T.ER ≥ cT​.

The constant is left existential, which is the form that survives any later improvement of the constant; it is chosen before the algorithm and before TTT.

Milestones

  1. Section 6.1, Eq. (3). For ∥μ1∥=∥μ2∥=1/2\|\mu_1\|=\|\mu_2\|=1/2∥μ1​∥=∥μ2​∥=1/2, x∈S1x\in S^1x∈S1, a posterior probability p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1] of μ=μ1\mu=\mu_1μ=μ1​ and a cost ℓ∈{±1}\ell\in\{\pm1\}ℓ∈{±1}, the Bayes-updated bias bt+1b_{t+1}bt+1​ satisfies ∣bt+1−bt∣≤∣(μ1−μ2)⋅x∣|b_{t+1}-b_t|\le|(\mu_1-\mu_2)\cdot x|∣bt+1​−bt​∣≤∣(μ1​−μ2​)⋅x∣, where bt=2p−1b_t=2p-1bt​=2p−1.
  2. Lemma 15. With ε=∥μ1−μ2∥>0\varepsilon=\|\mu_1-\mu_2\|>0ε=∥μ1​−μ2​∥>0 and the same data,
Eμ(rt∣Ht)≥116(ε2+∣bt+1−bt∣2ε2)1{∣bt∣≤1/2}.\mathbb E_\mu(r_t\mid\mathcal H_t)\ge\frac1{16}\Big(\varepsilon^2+\frac{|b_{t+1}-b_t|^2}{\varepsilon^2}\Big)\mathbf 1\{|b_t|\le1/2\}.Eμ​(rt​∣Ht​)≥161​(ε2+ε2∣bt+1​−bt​∣2​)1{∣bt​∣≤1/2}.
  1. Theorem 4 (Freedman). For a martingale difference sequence X1,…,XTX_1,\dots,X_TX1​,…,XT​ bounded above by bbb, with conditional variance sum VVV, and all a,v>0a,v>0a,v>0,
Pr⁡(∑iXi≥a, V≤v)≤exp⁡(−a22v+2ab/3).\Pr\Big(\sum_i X_i\ge a,\ V\le v\Big)\le\exp\Big(\frac{-a^2}{2v+2ab/3}\Big).Pr(i∑​Xi​≥a, V≤v)≤exp(2v+2ab/3−a2​).

Significance

The lower bound shows that the T\sqrt TT​ dependence of the problem-independent upper bound (Theorem 2 of the same paper) is necessary. It also shows that the gap-dependent polylogarithmic rate of Theorem 1 cannot extend to decision sets without a gap, such as the sphere. Together with the upper bound it characterises the minimax regret of stochastic linear bandits in TTT up to logarithmic factors, and in the paper's general-nnn form it also underlies the claim that the price of bandit information is Θ∗(n)\Theta^*(\sqrt n)Θ∗(n​).

The result is proved in the paper for n=2n=2n=2 and has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a checked Bayesian lower bound over all randomised algorithms, with an explicit probability model for the protocol. Two related platform results are different theorems: BanditAlgorithm.linear_bandit_unit_ball_minimax_lower_bound (Lattimore–Szepesvári Theorem 24.2: unit ball, Gaussian noise, a worst-case μ\muμ) and BanditAlgorithm.linear_bandit_hypercube_minimax_lower_bound (Theorem 24.1: hypercube). The {−1,+1}\{-1,+1\}{−1,+1} costs, the circle and the uniform prior used here are not covered by either.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt is a two-point change-of-measure argument with a fixed pair of means at distance ε\varepsilonε. It fails as stated because the decision set has no gap: an algorithm that plays close to the optimum of both candidates learns slowly but also pays little. The per-round trade-off between regret and information (Lemma 15) is exact only while the posterior is undecided, ∣bt∣≤1/2|b_t|\le1/2∣bt​∣≤1/2. Turning it into a bound on the whole horizon requires controlling how long the posterior stays undecided, which is a statement about a martingale whose step sizes are chosen by the algorithm; a concentration bound that ignores the accumulated conditional variance (Azuma–Hoeffding with worst-case steps) is too weak for this. The averaging step from a two-point prior to the uniform prior on the circle is also part of the formal work.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin 2 → ℝ with the dot product ⬝ᵥ; Euclidean norms are written through dot products, never with Lean's sup norm. Rounds are 0-indexed internally: the Lean index ttt is the paper's round t+1t+1t+1. The expected regret is the exact finite expectation

ER=∫S12π∫02π∑ℓ∈{±1}T∏t=1T1+ℓt μ(θ)⋅xt2  R  dθ dρ(s),\mathbb E R=\int_S\frac1{2\pi}\int_0^{2\pi}\sum_{\ell\in\{\pm1\}^T}\prod_{t=1}^T\frac{1+\ell_t\,\mu(\theta)\cdot x_t}{2}\;R\;d\theta\,d\rho(s),ER=∫S​2π1​∫02π​ℓ∈{±1}T∑​t=1∏T​21+ℓt​μ(θ)⋅xt​​Rdθdρ(s),

so no infinite product of measures is needed. A randomised algorithm is a seeded policy, which covers every randomised algorithm. The optimal cost is the infimum of μ⋅x\mu\cdot xμ⋅x over the compact circle and is attained. Every junk value in the model (a non-integrable integrand) could only make the lower bound harder to prove, never easier.

A statement over deterministic algorithms only, over a worst-case μ\muμ instead of the uniform prior, or with the constant allowed to depend on the algorithm or on TTT would be a weaker theorem. The goal quantifies ∃c>0\exists c>0∃c>0 before the algorithm and TTT, and fixes the prior.

Corrections relative to the printed paper:

  • General nnn is not stated. Theorem 3 as printed claims ER≥110nT\mathbb E R\ge\frac1{10}n\sqrt TER≥101​nT​ for every even nnn. It is false for n>10n>10n>10: on DnD_nDn​ with μ∈Dn/n\mu\in D_n/nμ∈Dn​/n each round has regret at most 111, so at T=1T=1T=1 the claim would need ER≥n/10>1\mathbb E R\ge n/10>1ER≥n/10>1. The general case rests on Lemma 16, which has no proof. The goal is the n=2n=2n=2 case, which Section 6.1 proves.
  • The constant. For n=2n=2n=2 the paper prints 15T\frac15\sqrt T51​T​; its proof gives c=116min⁡(12−1e,164)=11024c=\frac1{16}\min(\frac12-\frac1e,\frac1{64})=\frac1{1024}c=161​min(21​−e1​,641​)=10241​. The proof's Freedman step prints 2exp⁡(−1/41/8+ε/3)≤2/e22\exp(-\frac{1/4}{1/8+\varepsilon/3})\le 2/e^22exp(−1/8+ε/31/4​)≤2/e2; with v=1/32v=1/32v=1/32 the denominator is 1/16+ε/31/16+\varepsilon/31/16+ε/3, and the bound 2/e22/e^22/e2 then needs ε=T−1/4≤3/16\varepsilon=T^{-1/4}\le3/16ε=T−1/4≤3/16. Small TTT is covered by the first round, whose expected regret is 1/21/21/2. The goal leaves ccc existential.
  • Theorem 4. The printed variance sum runs to nnn; it runs to TTT. The conditioning is on a general filtration, and square-integrability of the steps is assumed so that the conditional variance is defined.
  • Lemma 15. Its right side depends on the round-ttt cost ℓt\ell_tℓt​, which is not part of Ht\mathcal H_tHt​; the Lean statement holds for either value of ℓt\ell_tℓt​.

Welcome contributions: a Lean proof of Freedman's inequality (reusable across the bandit and concentration missions on the platform); the averaging argument from two-point priors to the uniform prior; and the stopped-martingale bookkeeping for the bias sequence.

Selected references

  • Varsha Dani, Thomas P. Hayes, Sham M. Kakade, Stochastic Linear Optimization under Bandit Feedback, Proceedings of the 21st Annual Conference on Learning Theory (COLT), 2008.
  • David A. Freedman, On tail probabilities for martingales, The Annals of Probability 3(1):100–118, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452
  • Colin McDiarmid, Concentration, in Probabilistic Methods for Algorithmic Discrete Mathematics, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-12788-9_6
  • Peter Auer, Using confidence bounds for exploitation–exploration trade-offs, JMLR 3:397–422, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/auer02a.html
  • Paat Rusmevichientong, John N. Tsitsiklis, Linearly parameterized bandits, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2):395–411, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0446
  • Tor Lattimore, Csaba Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 24. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers: The Product-Form Equilibrium DistributionResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks of queues model computer systems, communication networks and manufacturing lines: customers (jobs, packets, parts) move between service centers, wait, receive service and move on. Their equilibrium behaviour determines throughputs, utilizations and response times, and for most networks it can only be computed by solving the full balance equations of a continuous-time Markov chain whose state space grows combinatorially with the number of centers and customers. A product-form network is one whose equilibrium distribution factorizes over the centers; for such networks performance measures can be computed exactly by efficient algorithms (convolution, mean value analysis), and this is the basis of much of classical computer-performance modelling.

Timeline of the main product-form results:

  • 1957–1963, Jackson (Oper. Res. 5, 1957; Manag. Sci. 10, 1963): open networks of exponential FCFS queues, one customer class, Poisson arrivals.
  • 1967, Gordon and Newell (Oper. Res. 15): the closed single-class exponential case.
  • 1975, Baskett, Chandy, Muntz and Palacios (J. ACM 22): several customer classes with class switching, four service disciplines (FCFS, processor sharing, infinite server, preemptive-resume LCFS), service times with rational Laplace transforms at the last three, and open, closed or mixed networks with state-dependent Poisson arrivals. This is the BCMP theorem, the subject of this mission.
  • 1975–1979, Kelly (J. Appl. Prob. 12, 1975; Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley 1979): symmetric queues and quasi-reversibility, a general framework containing the BCMP disciplines.

Setting

A network has NNN service centers and RRR customer classes. A class-rrr customer finishing service at center iii next requires center jjj in class sss with probability pi,r;j,sp_{i,r;j,s}pi,r;j,s​ and leaves the network with probability 1−∑j,spi,r;j,s1-\sum_{j,s}p_{i,r;j,s}1−∑j,s​pi,r;j,s​. The pairs (i,r)(i,r)(i,r) are partitioned into subchains E1,…,EmE_1,\dots,E_mE1​,…,Em​ that routing never leaves. Each center has one of four types:

  1. FCFS, with an exponential service time of rate μi\mu_iμi​ common to all classes;
  2. a single processor-sharing server (each of nnn customers is served at rate 1/n1/n1/n);
  3. an infinite-server center;
  4. a single preemptive-resume LCFS server.

At types 2–4 the class-rrr service time is Coxian: uir≥1u_{ir}\ge1uir​≥1 exponential stages of rates μirl\mu_{irl}μirl​, and after stage lll the customer continues with probability airla_{irl}airl​ or finishes with probability birl=1−airlb_{irl}=1-a_{irl}birl​=1−airl​. The state S=(x1,…,xN)S=(x_1,\dots,x_N)S=(x1​,…,xN​) records the FCFS order of classes at type 1, the number mirlm_{irl}mirl​ of class-rrr customers in stage lll at types 2 and 3, and the LCFS order of (class, stage) pairs at type 4. External arrivals are Poisson, either with rate λ(M(S))\lambda(M(S))λ(M(S)) depending on the total population M(S)M(S)M(S) (process A) or with one stream per subchain of rate λk(M(S/Ek))\lambda_k(M(S/E_k))λk​(M(S/Ek​)) (process B); an arrival joins center jjj in class sss with probability qjsq_{js}qjs​. A subchain with q≡0q\equiv0q≡0 is closed and keeps a fixed population KkK_kKk​.

With relative arrival rates eir≥0e_{ir}\ge0eir​≥0 solving the traffic equations ∑(i,r)eirpi,r;j,s+qjs=ejs\sum_{(i,r)}e_{ir}p_{i,r;j,s}+q_{js}=e_{js}∑(i,r)​eir​pi,r;j,s​+qjs​=ejs​ and Airl=∏j<lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j<l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j<l​airj​ (the probability of reaching stage lll, stages numbered from 0), the paper defines fi(xi)f_i(x_i)fi​(xi​) per center type and a factor d(S)d(S)d(S) from the arrival rates.

Formalization targets

Goal: the BCMP theorem (§3.2, pp. 253–254)

π(S)=d(S) f1(x1) f2(x2)⋯fN(xN)\pi(S)=d(S)\,f_1(x_1)\,f_2(x_2)\cdots f_N(x_N)π(S)=d(S)f1​(x1​)f2​(x2​)⋯fN​(xN​)

satisfies the global balance equations of the network, and, under the paper's assumption that the equilibrium distribution is unique, every equilibrium distribution equals π/Z\pi/Zπ/Z whenever Z=∑Sπ(S)Z=\sum_S\pi(S)Z=∑S​π(S) is finite and positive. The goal covers all four center types, open, closed and mixed networks, and both arrival processes.

Milestones

  • §3.1 (p. 252): independent balance implies global balance.
  • §3.2 (p. 254): the product form satisfies the independent balance equations.
  • §4.1 (p. 254): the aggregate-state probabilities are C d(S) g1(y1)⋯gN(yN)C\,d(S)\,g_1(y_1)\cdots g_N(y_N)Cd(S)g1​(y1​)⋯gN​(yN​).

A further supporting item, also from §4.1 (p. 254), states that summing fif_ifi​ over local states with fixed class counts gives gig_igi​. So gig_igi​ depends on the service times only through their means 1/μir=∑lAirl/μirl1/\mu_{ir}=\sum_lA_{irl}/\mu_{irl}1/μir​=∑l​Airl​/μirl​.

Significance

The theorem places the four disciplines, class switching and mixed open/closed populations under one formula. Its corollary in §4.1, that aggregate probabilities depend on service time distributions only through their means (insensitivity), is what makes the model usable with measured mean service times, and it underlies the convolution and mean value analysis algorithms for normalizing constants.

The result is classical and proved on paper. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, it is not formalized: the platform has Kelly's single-class migration process with exponential service, a special case. A machine-checked BCMP theorem would provide a verified multiclass queueing-network model (states, event-driven transition rates, balance equations) on which later results can build: mean value analysis, the state-dependent rates of §5, and the open-network marginals of §4.2.

The printed statement contains an error. The paper defines Airl=∏j=1lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j=1}^{l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j=1l​airj​ (p. 253). With the branching of its Figs. 1 and 3, this product includes the branch out of stage lll. For exponential service (uir=1u_{ir}=1uir​=1) it gives Air1=air1=0A_{ir1}=a_{ir1}=0Air1​=air1​=0, so every fif_ifi​ of a type 2–4 center with a customer present vanishes, and a closed network of such centers would have no normalizable solution. The mission states the corrected theorem with Airl=∏j<lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j<l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j<l​airj​, which the mean-service-time identity of §4.1 also requires. The type-2 factor 1/mikl!1/m_{ikl}!1/mikl​! is read as 1/mirl!1/m_{irl}!1/mirl​!.

Difficulty

The algebra of the paper's proof is local: each independent balance equation reduces to the traffic equations. The difficulty is in making that statement precise for a real state space. The independent balance equations need a consistent labelling of each moving customer by the "stage" it leaves and enters. That labelling has to cover FCFS centers, where per-class labels are inconsistent (p. 253), the outside world of each open subchain, and LCFS preemption. Every in-flow into a state is a sum over predecessor states, and those states differ by list operations (appending at an FCFS tail, pushing on an LCFS head) or by stage-count updates. The factorials in the processor-sharing and infinite-server factors, and the telescoping identity ∑lAirlbirl=1\sum_lA_{irl}b_{irl}=1∑l​Airl​birl​=1 for departures, must line up exactly with the rates. The obvious shortcut is to check global balance directly for a single class with exponential service. That covers neither class switching, nor Coxian stages, nor mixed networks.

Formalization scope

Centers are Fin N, classes Fin R and subchains Fin m. The class-rrr stages at center iii are Fin (u i r) with u i r : ℕ+, numbered from 0. A local state is an inductive type with three shapes (FCFS list, stage-count array, LCFS list of (class, stage) pairs). The state space is the subtype of configurations whose shapes match the center types and whose closed subchains hold their fixed populations. Transition rates are the sums of the rates of explicit events (arrivals, FCFS completions, stage moves and completions, LCFS moves and completions). Global balance uses tsum; every state has finitely many successors and predecessors with nonzero rate, so these sums are finite. The standing assumptions (substochastic routing closed on subchains, closed subchains with no arrivals and no departures, positive rates, continuation probabilities in [0,1][0,1][0,1] vanishing at the last stage) are collected in Network.IsValid. Irreducibility of subchains is not assumed, and any nonnegative solution of the traffic equations is allowed. Under process B the product in d(S)d(S)d(S) runs over open subchains only. Uniqueness of the equilibrium is a hypothesis, as in the paper. The type-1 rate is constant, and the state-dependent rates of Condition 1 and §5 are not covered.

The following formalizations would trivialize the mission and are ruled out: stating only global balance of π\piπ (satisfied by π≡0\pi\equiv0π≡0), quantifying over arbitrary rate functions instead of the rates built from the network data, and restricting the goal to exponential service or to a single class.

Needed infrastructure: finite-support tsum manipulations, multinomial identities for the §4.1 sums over orderings and stage assignments, and bookkeeping for list and array updates. The model and the balance-equation layer can be reused for later queueing missions. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, on the per-center-type pieces of the independent balance check, and on helper lemmas about the event system.

Selected references

  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers, J. ACM 22(2):248–260, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • J. R. Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, Operations Research 5(4):518–521, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.5.4.518
  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-like Queueing Systems, Management Science 10(1):131–142, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • W. J. Gordon, G. F. Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, Operations Research 15(2):254–265, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979. http://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/rsn.html
  • D. R. Cox, A Use of Complex Probabilities in the Theory of Stochastic Processes, Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 51:313–319, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100030231
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMachine Learning·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XXIV: Compression BoundsTextbook

Motivation

The book has characterized learnability through uniform convergence and through stability; Chapter 30 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), gives a third sufficient condition, compression: if a learning algorithm's output can be reconstructed from a small subsequence of kkk training examples, then the error on the remaining examples estimates the true error, and the algorithm generalizes with a bound of order klog⁡(m/δ)/mk\log(m/\delta)/mklog(m/δ)/m (Theorem 30.2, Littlestone and Warmuth). The bound is a union bound over the mkm^kmk possible index sequences of a held-out estimate that follows from Bernstein's inequality (Lemma 30.1), and in the consistent case it gives LD≤8klog⁡(m/δ)/mL_D \le 8k\log(m/\delta)/mLD​≤8klog(m/δ)/m (Corollary 30.3). Classes admitting such compression schemes include axis-aligned rectangles (k=2dk = 2dk=2d), homogeneous halfspaces (k=dk = dk=d, through the minimal-norm point of the convex hull and Carathéodory's theorem), separating polynomials by reduction, and any margin-separable data (k≤1/γ2k \le 1/\gamma^2k≤1/γ2, through the Perceptron). Whether every class of finite VC dimension has a compression scheme of size O(d)O(d)O(d) is Warmuth's problem, open when the book was written.

Setting

A sample S=(z1,…,zm)S = (z_1, \dots, z_m)S=(z1​,…,zm​) is drawn i.i.d. from DDD; a selection rule picks (i1,…,ik)∈[m]k(i_1, \dots, i_k) \in [m]^k(i1​,…,ik​)∈[m]k (repetitions allowed), a reconstruction map B:Zk→HB : Z^k \to HB:Zk→H produces A(S)=B(zi1,…,zik)A(S) = B(z_{i_1}, \dots, z_{i_k})A(S)=B(zi1​​,…,zik​​), and VVV is the set of positions not selected, with LVL_VLV​ the average loss over them. The loss takes values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A class HHH has a compression scheme of size kkk (Definition 30.4) if for every m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 there are such AAA and BBB with B(SA(S))B(S_{A(S)})B(SA(S)​) correct on every sample labeled by a member of HHH; the unrealizable version (Definition 30.5) asks B(SA(S))B(S_{A(S)})B(SA(S)​) to be an empirical risk minimizer on every sample.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 30.2

For a [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued loss, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, m≥2km \ge 2km≥2k, any reconstruction map BBB and any selection rule, with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm,

LD(A(S))≤LV(A(S))+LV(A(S)) 4klog⁡(m/δ)m+8klog⁡(m/δ)m.L_D(A(S)) \le L_V(A(S)) + \sqrt{L_V(A(S))\,\frac{4k\log(m/\delta)}{m}} + \frac{8k\log(m/\delta)}{m}.LD​(A(S))≤LV​(A(S))+LV​(A(S))m4klog(m/δ)​​+m8klog(m/δ)​.

Milestones

Lemma 30.1 (the held-out Bernstein bound); Corollary 30.3 (the consistent case); Lemma 30.6 (realizable schemes give unrealizable schemes); the compression scheme of size 2d2d2d for axis-aligned rectangles (§30.2.1); the separation property of the minimal-norm point of the convex hull (§30.2.2). Further items: the size-ddd scheme for homogeneous halfspaces and the margin scheme of §30.2.4.

Significance

Compression bounds are the cleanest generalization argument in the book: no complexity measure of the class enters, only the number of examples needed to encode the output, and the resulting bound is data-dependent through LVL_VLV​. They explain why support vector machines and the Perceptron generalize in terms of the number of support vectors or updates, and they underlie the sample-compression view of learning that connects to Chapters 9 and 15. Lemma 30.6 shows that compression is robust to label noise in the binary case. The halfspace scheme is a small piece of convex geometry of independent interest, and Warmuth's question about VC classes, settled in the affirmative for finite size by Moran and Yehudayoff after the book appeared, remains open in the form O(d)O(d)O(d).

Difficulty

Lemma 30.1 is Bernstein's inequality for the nnn held-out losses with variance at most LD(hT)L_D(h_T)LD​(hT​), followed by solving the resulting quadratic in LD\sqrt{L_D}LD​​ to move the risk from the right-hand side to LVL_VLV​; the constant 444 comes out of that step (the exact value is about 3.193.193.19). Theorem 30.2 is a union bound over the mkm^kmk index sequences with δ′=mkδ\delta' = m^k\deltaδ′=mkδ, using ∣V∣≥m−k≥m/2|V| \ge m - k \ge m/2∣V∣≥m−k≥m/2 and log⁡(mk/δ′)≤klog⁡(m/δ′)\log(m^k/\delta') \le k\log(m/\delta')log(mk/δ′)≤klog(m/δ′), which needs k≥1k \ge 1k≥1; formally the event for the learner is contained in the union of the events of Lemma 30.1 for each fixed index sequence, so no measurability of the selection rule is needed. Corollary 30.3 is immediate. Lemma 30.6 applies the realizable scheme to the subsample on which an ERM hypothesis is correct. The rectangle scheme is bookkeeping about extremal coordinates. The halfspace scheme needs three facts: the minimal-norm point of the hull separates (a one-line perturbation argument), it lies on a face and hence is a convex combination of ddd sample points (Carathéodory's theorem, in Mathlib, applied to a face), and it is the minimal-norm point of the hull of those ddd points (uniqueness of the projection onto a convex set); the existence of the minimizer uses compactness of the hull. The margin scheme is the Perceptron convergence theorem of Mission VI applied to the batch algorithm, whose output is the sum of the updated examples.

Formalization scope

Samples are Fin m-indexed under Mission I's iidLaw, and probability statements bound the outer measure of the failure event. Lemma 30.1 splits a sample of size k+nk + nk+n into its first kkk and last nnn entries; Theorem 30.2 takes an arbitrary selection rule sel:Zm→[m]k\mathrm{sel} : Z^m \to [m]^ksel:Zm→[m]k and reconstruction map BBB, the held-out set being the positions not in the range of the selection, and requires k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 in addition to the book's m≥2km \ge 2km≥2k: for k=0k = 0k=0 the bound reads LD≤LVL_D \le L_VLD​≤LV​, which fails, and the book's derivation uses k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 in log⁡(mk/δ′)≤klog⁡(m/δ′)\log(m^k/\delta') \le k\log(m/\delta')log(mk/δ′)≤klog(m/δ′). Compression schemes are defined for every m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, since for m=0m = 0m=0 there is no index to select, with indices allowed to repeat as in [m]k[m]^k[m]k and with BBB's outputs in HHH; the unrealizable version uses Mission XXIII's multiclass 0–1 loss. The halfspace results are stated for strictly separable ±1\pm1±1-labeled samples, yi⟨w⋆,xi⟩>0y_i\langle w^\star, x_i\rangle > 0yi​⟨w⋆,xi​⟩>0, the book's "w.l.o.g. all labels positive" normalization; this avoids the boundary negatives that a realizable sample may contain under the sign⁡(0)\operatorname{sign}(0)sign(0) convention of Mission VI, and it is the setting in which the minimal-norm argument works. The scheme is stated as the existence of ddd indices whose signed examples have a minimal-norm hull point separating the whole sample, which is the content of AAA and BBB without fixing how ties among faces are broken. Rectangles are closed boxes. The margin scheme uses Theorem 9.1's normalization.

Not stated: §30.2.3 (polynomials, a reduction), the bibliographic remarks, and the intermediate Carathéodory step as a separate item.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 30. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • N. Littlestone, M. K. Warmuth, Relating data compression and learnability, technical report, University of California, Santa Cruz, 1986.
  • S. Floyd, M. K. Warmuth, Sample compression, learnability, and the Vapnik-Chervonenkis dimension, Machine Learning 21, 1995. doi:10.1007/BF00993593
  • S. Ben-David, A. Litman, Combinatorial variability of Vapnik-Chervonenkis classes with applications to sample compression schemes, Discrete Applied Mathematics 86, 1998. doi:10.1016/S0166-218X(98)00000-6
  • S. Moran, A. Yehudayoff, Sample compression schemes for VC classes, Journal of the ACM 63(3), 2016. doi:10.1145/2890490
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMachine Learning·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XXIII: Multiclass LearnabilityTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 17 introduced multiclass prediction; Chapter 29 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), asks the two questions the fundamental theorem answered for binary classes: which classes of multiclass predictors are PAC learnable with respect to the 0–1 loss, and with what sample complexity. Natarajan's dimension generalizes the VC dimension by shattering with two disagreeing label functions, and the multiclass fundamental theorem (Theorem 29.3) bounds the uniform-convergence, agnostic and realizable sample complexities in terms of it, up to logarithmic factors in the number of labels kkk; the only new ingredient in its proof is Natarajan's lemma, the multiclass substitute for Sauer's lemma. The chapter then computes or bounds the Natarajan dimension of the classes that matter, One-versus-All and general reductions to binary classifiers, and linear multiclass predictors (Theorem 29.7). Its last section is a warning: unlike the binary case, not all ERMs are equal, and with infinitely many labels a class can be learnable by one ERM and not by another, so learnability and uniform convergence come apart (Claim 29.9).

Setting

HHH is a class of functions from XXX to a finite label set YYY with ∣Y∣=k|Y| = k∣Y∣=k. C⊆XC \subseteq XC⊆X is shattered by HHH if there are f0,f1:C→Yf_0, f_1 : C \to Yf0​,f1​:C→Y with f0(x)≠f1(x)f_0(x) \ne f_1(x)f0​(x)=f1​(x) everywhere on CCC such that every B⊆CB \subseteq CB⊆C is realized by some h∈Hh \in Hh∈H agreeing with f0f_0f0​ on BBB and with f1f_1f1​ on C∖BC \setminus BC∖B (Definition 29.1); Ndim⁡(H)\operatorname{Ndim}(H)Ndim(H) is the largest size of a shattered set (Definition 29.2). One-versus-All builds T(hˉ)(x)=argmax⁡ihi(x)T(\bar h)(x) = \operatorname{argmax}_i h_i(x)T(hˉ)(x)=argmaxi​hi​(x) from kkk binary classifiers, the smaller label on ties; a general reduction applies a rule r:{0,1}l→[k]r : \{0,1\}^l \to [k]r:{0,1}l→[k] to lll binary classifiers; the linear class HΨH_\PsiHΨ​ predicts argmax⁡i⟨w,Ψ(x,i)⟩\operatorname{argmax}_i\langle w, \Psi(x, i)\rangleargmaxi​⟨w,Ψ(x,i)⟩ for a class-sensitive feature map Ψ:X×[k]→Rd\Psi : X \times [k] \to \mathbb{R}^dΨ:X×[k]→Rd (29.1). The class of §29.4 has labels Pf(X)∪{∗}P_f(X) \cup \{\ast\}Pf​(X)∪{∗}, the finite and cofinite subsets of XXX plus a special label, and hypotheses hA(x)=Ah_A(x) = AhA​(x)=A if x∈Ax \in Ax∈A and ∗\ast∗ otherwise; AgoodA_{good}Agood​ returns h∅h_\emptyseth∅​ on an all-∗\ast∗ sample and AbadA_{bad}Abad​ returns h{x1,…,xm}ch_{\{x_1, \dots, x_m\}^c}h{x1​,…,xm​}c​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 29.3

There are absolute constants C1,C2>0C_1, C_2 > 0C1​,C2​>0 such that every class H⊆YXH \subseteq Y^XH⊆YX with Ndim⁡(H)=d\operatorname{Ndim}(H) = dNdim(H)=d satisfies

C1d+log⁡(1/δ)ϵ2≤mHUC(ϵ,δ), mH(ϵ,δ)≤C2dlog⁡k+log⁡(1/δ)ϵ2,C1d+log⁡(1/δ)ϵ≤mHreal(ϵ,δ)≤C2dlog⁡(kd/ϵ)+log⁡(1/δ)ϵ,C_1\frac{d + \log(1/\delta)}{\epsilon^2} \le m^{UC}_H(\epsilon,\delta),\ m_H(\epsilon,\delta) \le C_2\frac{d\log k + \log(1/\delta)}{\epsilon^2}, \qquad C_1\frac{d + \log(1/\delta)}{\epsilon} \le m^{\mathrm{real}}_H(\epsilon,\delta) \le C_2\frac{d\log(kd/\epsilon) + \log(1/\delta)}{\epsilon},C1​ϵ2d+log(1/δ)​≤mHUC​(ϵ,δ), mH​(ϵ,δ)≤C2​ϵ2dlogk+log(1/δ)​,C1​ϵd+log(1/δ)​≤mHreal​(ϵ,δ)≤C2​ϵdlog(kd/ϵ)+log(1/δ)​,

the upper bounds by every ERM learner and the lower bounds for small ϵ,δ\epsilon, \deltaϵ,δ and d≥2d \ge 2d≥2, in the format of Mission IV's Theorem 6.8.

Milestones

Lemma 29.4 (Natarajan: ∣H∣≤∣X∣Ndim⁡(H)k2Ndim⁡(H)|H| \le |X|^{\operatorname{Ndim}(H)}k^{2\operatorname{Ndim}(H)}∣H∣≤∣X∣Ndim(H)k2Ndim(H)); Lemma 29.5 (the Natarajan dimension of One-versus-All is O(kdlog⁡(kd))O(kd\log(kd))O(kdlog(kd))); Theorem 29.7 (Ndim⁡(HΨ)≤d\operatorname{Ndim}(H_\Psi) \le dNdim(HΨ​)≤d); Claim 29.9(1) (AgoodA_{good}Agood​ needs 1ϵlog⁡1δ\frac1\epsilon\log\frac1\deltaϵ1​logδ1​ examples); Claim 29.9(2) (AbadA_{bad}Abad​ fails with constant probability on (∣X∣−1)/(6ϵ)(|X|-1)/(6\epsilon)(∣X∣−1)/(6ϵ) examples). Further items: the equality Ndim⁡=VCdim⁡\operatorname{Ndim} = \operatorname{VCdim}Ndim=VCdim for two classes, and Lemma 29.6 for general reductions.

Significance

Theorem 29.3 is the multiclass fundamental theorem of Natarajan (1989) and Ben-David, Cesa-Bianchi, Haussler and Long (1995): finite Natarajan dimension characterizes multiclass learnability, and the sample complexity is linear in it, with the dependence on kkk confined to logarithms. Natarajan's lemma is the combinatorial core, and the dimension bounds of §29.3 are what make the theorem usable: a One-versus-All scheme over a class of VC dimension ddd costs O~(kd)\tilde O(kd)O~(kd), and a linear multiclass predictor costs at most its number of parameters, so the multivector construction of Chapter 17 is learnable with O~(nk/ϵ2)\tilde O(nk/\epsilon^2)O~(nk/ϵ2) examples. Claim 29.9 is a genuine phenomenon of Daniely, Sabato, Ben-David and Shalev-Shwartz (2011): in multiclass classification the choice of ERM matters, and the equivalence "learnable iff uniform convergence" of the binary theory is false, which is why Conjecture 29.10 about good ERMs is open in the form the chapter states it.

Difficulty

The equality with the VC dimension for two labels is a direct comparison of the two shattering definitions. Natarajan's lemma is a Sauer-type induction on ∣X∣|X|∣X∣, in which a shattered set must be produced from two hypotheses that differ at a point; the exercise-level proof of the book becomes a careful double induction formally. Theorem 29.3's upper bounds follow the binary proof of Chapter 28 with Natarajan's lemma in place of Sauer's, hence Massart's lemma and Theorem 26.5 for the agnostic case and the double-sample argument for the realizable case; the lower bounds reduce to the binary ones by embedding a binary class into a multiclass one on a shattered set. These are long formal developments, and the theorem is stated with unspecified constants for that reason. Lemmas 29.5 and 29.6 are counting: a shattered CCC has 2∣C∣≤∣HC∣≤∣(Hbin)C∣k2^{|C|} \le |H_C| \le |(H_{bin})_C|^k2∣C∣≤∣HC​∣≤∣(Hbin​)C​∣k, Sauer's lemma bounds the right side by (∑i≤d(∣C∣i))k\big(\sum_{i \le d}\binom{|C|}{i}\big)^{k}(∑i≤d​(i∣C∣​))k, and the resulting inequality is solved. For Lemma 29.5's printed 3kdlog⁡(kd)3kd\log(kd)3kdlog(kd) this fails only at (k,d)=(2,1),(3,1)(k, d) = (2, 1), (3, 1)(k,d)=(2,1),(3,1). There a shattered set splits by the label pair {f0(x),f1(x)}\{f_0(x), f_1(x)\}{f0​(x),f1​(x)} into parts shattered by {B∖A:A,B∈Hbin}\{B \setminus A : A, B \in H_{bin}\}{B∖A:A,B∈Hbin​} (pairs {0,b}\{0, b\}{0,b}) or by HbinH_{bin}Hbin​ (other pairs). The first class has at most 313131 traces on 555 points. Theorem 29.7 maps a shattered set into Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd by ρ(x)=Ψ(x,f0(x))−Ψ(x,f1(x))\rho(x) = \Psi(x, f_0(x)) - \Psi(x, f_1(x))ρ(x)=Ψ(x,f0​(x))−Ψ(x,f1​(x)), up to sign, and shows the image is shattered by homogeneous halfspaces; the tie-breaking rule decides which sign and which halfspace convention to use. Claim 29.9(1) is the bound (1−ϵ)m≤δ(1-\epsilon)^m \le \delta(1−ϵ)m≤δ; Claim 29.9(2) needs only that at most (d−1)/2(d-1)/2(d−1)/2 of the d−1d-1d−1 light points appear in the sample, an event of probability at least 1/31/31/3 by Markov's inequality when m≤(d−1)/(6ϵ)m \le (d-1)/(6\epsilon)m≤(d−1)/(6ϵ), which exceeds the claimed e−1/6e^{-1}/6e−1/6.

Formalization scope

Labels are an arbitrary finite type, shattering and the Natarajan dimension are stated with witnesses f0,f1f_0, f_1f0​,f1​ defined on all of XXX, and the dimension is a supremum in N∪{∞}\mathbb{N} \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}. The multiclass 0–1 loss, the ERM property, agnostic PAC learnability and uniform convergence are Mission I's generic notions; the realizable multiclass PAC property is defined here in the shape of Definition 3.1 with D({h≠f})D(\{h \ne f\})D({h=f}) as the error, since Mission I's binary version is {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-specific. Theorem 29.3 is stated exactly as Mission IV states Theorem 6.8, with existential constants, upper bounds for every ERM learner of a nonempty measurable class with the countable-approximation property (the measurability device of Remark 3.1), and lower bounds for ϵ<ϵ0\epsilon < \epsilon_0ϵ<ϵ0​, δ<δ0\delta < \delta_0δ<δ0​, d≥2d \ge 2d≥2. Argmax predictors, both One-versus-All and HΨH_\PsiHΨ​, break ties towards the smallest label; the book states this rule for One-versus-All, and some fixed rule is necessary for Theorem 29.7, since with arbitrary tie-breaking every function is an argmax predictor of the zero mapping. Lemmas 29.5 and 29.6 are stated per shattered set. Lemma 29.5 keeps the printed 3kdlog⁡(kd)3kd\log(kd)3kdlog(kd), which is true although the book's step ∣(Hbin)C∣≤∣C∣d|(H_{bin})_C| \le |C|^d∣(Hbin​)C​∣≤∣C∣d fails for small ∣C∣|C|∣C∣. Lemma 29.6 uses 2ldlog⁡2(2ld)2ld\log_2(2ld)2ldlog2​(2ld), which the counting supports, because the printed 3ldlog⁡(ld)3ld\log(ld)3ldlog(ld) is false at l=d=1l = d = 1l=d=1. Theorem 29.3's uniform-convergence upper bound is stated for d≥1d \ge 1d≥1. At d=0d = 0d=0 the confidence term log⁡(1/δ)\log(1/\delta)log(1/δ) vanishes as δ→1\delta \to 1δ→1, the bound reaches m=1m = 1m=1, and a single example is not representative. The class of §29.4 has labels Option of the subtype of finite-or-cofinite sets, with the discrete σ-algebra, and the two ERMs are predicates fixing the output on all-∗\ast∗ samples; Claim 29.9(1) is stated for countable XXX with measurable singletons and Claim 29.9(2) for finite XXX of size at least 222, with the proof's own distribution, h∅h_\emptyseth∅​ as target, and every ϵ∈(0,1/2)\epsilon \in (0, 1/2)ϵ∈(0,1/2) in place of the book's unspecified constant aaa.

Not stated: Corollary 29.8 (its lower bound (k−1)(n−1)(k-1)(n-1)(k−1)(n−1) is cited, not proved), Conjecture 29.10, the exercises.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 29. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • B. K. Natarajan, On learning sets and functions, Machine Learning 4, 1989. doi:10.1007/BF00114804
  • S. Ben-David, N. Cesa-Bianchi, D. Haussler, P. M. Long, Characterizations of learnability for classes of {0, …, n}-valued functions, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 50(1), 1995. doi:10.1006/jcss.1995.1008
  • D. Haussler, P. M. Long, A generalization of Sauer's lemma, Journal of Combinatorial Theory A 71(2), 1995. doi:10.1016/0097-3165(95)90001-2
  • A. Daniely, S. Sabato, S. Ben-David, S. Shalev-Shwartz, Multiclass learnability and the ERM principle, COLT 2011; Journal of Machine Learning Research 16, 2015.
  • A. Daniely, S. Sabato, S. Shalev-Shwartz, Multiclass learning approaches: a theoretical comparison with implications, NIPS 2012.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMachine Learning·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XXII: Proof of the Fundamental TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 6 stated the fundamental theorem of statistical learning: a binary class is learnable if and only if its VC dimension is finite, with sample complexity Θ((d+ln⁡(1/δ))/ϵ2)\Theta((d + \ln(1/\delta))/\epsilon^2)Θ((d+ln(1/δ))/ϵ2) in the agnostic case and Θ((dln⁡(1/ϵ)+ln⁡(1/δ))/ϵ)\Theta((d\ln(1/\epsilon) + \ln(1/\delta))/\epsilon)Θ((dln(1/ϵ)+ln(1/δ))/ϵ) in the realizable case. Chapter 28 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), proves it. The agnostic upper bound is obtained from the Rademacher machinery of Chapter 26 with Sauer's lemma and Massart's lemma, up to a log⁡(d/ϵ)\log(d/\epsilon)log(d/ϵ) factor that only chaining removes (28.1). The agnostic lower bound comes in two parts: a two-point construction giving m≥0.5log⁡(1/(4δ))/ϵ2m \ge 0.5\log(1/(4\delta))/\epsilon^2m≥0.5log(1/(4δ))/ϵ2, and a ddd-point construction giving m≥d/(512ϵ2)m \ge d/(512\epsilon^2)m≥d/(512ϵ2) at confidence 1/81/81/8, whose heart is Lemma 28.1, the optimality of the Maximum-Likelihood rule against the family of noisy distributions DbD_bDb​. The realizable upper bound is proved through ϵ\epsilonϵ-nets: with m≥8ϵ(2dlog⁡(16e/ϵ)+log⁡(2/δ))m \ge \frac8\epsilon(2d\log(16e/\epsilon) + \log(2/\delta))m≥ϵ8​(2dlog(16e/ϵ)+log(2/δ)) examples a random sample hits every set of measure at least ϵ\epsilonϵ in the class (Theorem 28.3), so any hypothesis consistent with the sample has error below ϵ\epsilonϵ. Mission IV states these bounds with unnamed constants; this mission gives the chapter's explicit ones.

Setting

HHH is a class of functions X→{0,1}X \to \{0,1\}X→{0,1} with the 0–1 loss and VCdim⁡(H)=d\operatorname{VCdim}(H) = dVCdim(H)=d. For the upper bound, A={(1[h(xi)≠yi])i:h∈H}A = \{(\mathbb{1}[h(x_i) \ne y_i])_i : h \in H\}A={(1[h(xi​)=yi​])i​:h∈H} is the loss set of a sample and R(A)R(A)R(A) its Rademacher complexity. For the lower bounds, C={c1,…,cd}C = \{c_1, \dots, c_d\}C={c1​,…,cd​} is a set shattered by HHH and, for b∈{±1}db \in \{\pm1\}^db∈{±1}d and ρ∈(0,1)\rho \in (0,1)ρ∈(0,1), DbD_bDb​ draws cic_ici​ uniformly and labels it bib_ibi​ with probability (1+ρ)/2(1+\rho)/2(1+ρ)/2; for d=1d = 1d=1 these are the distributions D±D_\pmD±​ of §28.2.1. The Maximum-Likelihood rule AMLA_{ML}AML​ predicts at each cic_ici​ the majority of the labels seen at cic_ici​. An ϵ\epsilonϵ-net for HHH with respect to DDD is a sample meeting every h∈Hh \in Hh∈H with D(h)≥ϵD(h) \ge \epsilonD(h)≥ϵ (Definition 28.2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 28.3

Let VCdim⁡(H)=d\operatorname{VCdim}(H) = dVCdim(H)=d, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), δ∈(0,1/4)\delta \in (0, 1/4)δ∈(0,1/4) and m≥8ϵ(2dlog⁡16eϵ+log⁡2δ)m \ge \frac8\epsilon\big(2d\log\frac{16e}{\epsilon} + \log\frac2\delta\big)m≥ϵ8​(2dlogϵ16e​+logδ2​). Then with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm, SSS is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-net for HHH.

Milestones

The two-sided deviation bound of §28.1 (∣LD(h)−LS(h)∣≤2(8dlog⁡(em/d)+2log⁡(4/δ))/m|L_D(h) - L_S(h)| \le 2\sqrt{(8d\log(em/d) + 2\log(4/\delta))/m}∣LD​(h)−LS​(h)∣≤2(8dlog(em/d)+2log(4/δ))/m​ uniformly over HHH); the lower bound m(ϵ,δ)≥0.5log⁡(1/(4δ))/ϵ2m(\epsilon,\delta) \ge 0.5\log(1/(4\delta))/\epsilon^2m(ϵ,δ)≥0.5log(1/(4δ))/ϵ2 of §28.2.1; Lemma 28.1; the lower bound m(ϵ,1/8)≥d/(512ϵ2)m(\epsilon, 1/8) \ge d/(512\epsilon^2)m(ϵ,1/8)≥d/(512ϵ2) of §28.2.2; the realizable upper bound of §28.3 (ERM has error at most ϵ\epsilonϵ with probability 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ for the sample size of Theorem 28.3). Further items: the Rademacher bound R(A)≤2dlog⁡(em/d)/mR(A) \le \sqrt{2d\log(em/d)/m}R(A)≤2dlog(em/d)/m​, the explicit uniform-convergence sample complexity of §28.1, and the expectation lower bound ρ/4\rho/4ρ/4 of §28.2.2.

Significance

These are the theorems that make the VC dimension the right measure of learnability, with constants. The upper bounds show what the abstract machinery of Missions II, IV, XX buys when instantiated: Sauer plus Massart plus Theorem 26.5 gives the agnostic rate, and the double-sample symmetrization plus Sauer gives the realizable rate, sharper by a factor 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ because ϵ\epsilonϵ-nets need only one-sided control. The lower bounds are the No-Free-Lunch argument refined to quantify ϵ\epsilonϵ and δ\deltaδ: the two-point distribution shows that confidence costs log⁡(1/δ)/ϵ2\log(1/\delta)/\epsilon^2log(1/δ)/ϵ2, and the ddd-point family with Lemma 28.1 shows that the dimension costs d/ϵ2d/\epsilon^2d/ϵ2, through the exact optimality of majority voting and a binomial anti-concentration bound. Theorem 28.3 is also the basic ϵ\epsilonϵ-net theorem of Haussler and Welzl, a result of independent importance in computational geometry.

Difficulty

The Rademacher bound is Sauer's lemma (Mission IV) plus Massart's lemma (Mission XX) with ∥a−aˉ∥≤m\|a - \bar a\| \le \sqrt m∥a−aˉ∥≤m​; the deviation bound is Theorem 26.5 applied to ℓ\ellℓ and −ℓ-\ell−ℓ with a union bound; the explicit sample complexity is Lemma A.2, x≥4alog⁡(2a)+2b⇒x≥alog⁡x+bx \ge 4a\log(2a) + 2b \Rightarrow x \ge a\log x + bx≥4alog(2a)+2b⇒x≥alogx+b, which a formal proof must establish (the tangent inequality for log⁡\loglog at 2a2a2a). The two-point lower bound requires the binomial lower-tail estimate of Lemma B.11 and the algebra 12(1−1−4δ)≥δ\frac12(1 - \sqrt{1 - \sqrt{4\delta}}) \ge \delta21​(1−1−4δ​​)≥δ, valid for δ<1/4\delta < 1/4δ<1/4, the only nonvacuous range. Lemma 28.1 is a conditioning argument: fixing the instance indices and the labels off cic_ici​, the contribution of cic_ici​ is minimized by predicting the more likely bib_ibi​ given the labels at cic_ici​, which is the majority; the formal proof must decompose the product measure DbmD_b^mDbm​ over the positions rrr with xr=cix_r = c_ixr​=ci​. The expectation bound ρ/4\rho/4ρ/4 then needs Lemma B.11 again, 1−e−a≤a1 - e^{-a} \le a1−e−a≤a, Jensen for ⋅\sqrt{\cdot}⋅​ and E[ni]=m/d\mathbb{E}[n_i] = m/dE[ni​]=m/d, and the probability bound 1/81/81/8 follows by Mission III's reverse Markov inequality with ρ=8ϵ\rho = 8\epsilonρ=8ϵ. Theorem 28.3 is the double-sample argument: Claim 1 (P[S∈B]≤2P[(S,T)∈B′]P[S \in B] \le 2P[(S,T) \in B']P[S∈B]≤2P[(S,T)∈B′], via a Chernoff bound that only needs mϵ≥2log⁡2m\epsilon \ge 2\log 2mϵ≥2log2), Claim 2 (symmetrization by a random half, P[(S,T)∈B′]≤e−ϵm/4τH(2m)P[(S,T) \in B'] \le e^{-\epsilon m/4}\tau_H(2m)P[(S,T)∈B′]≤e−ϵm/4τH​(2m)), Sauer's lemma, and Lemma A.2 once more. The realizable upper bound applies Theorem 28.3 to the error sets {x:h(x)≠f(x)}\{x : h(x) \ne f(x)\}{x:h(x)=f(x)}, a class of the same VC dimension.

Formalization scope

All objects are those of the earlier missions: risks, samples and learners from Mission I, vcDim and the countable-approximation property PointwiseSeparable from Mission IV (the measurability device for suprema over HHH, used wherever a symmetrization or Rademacher argument is invoked), condLaw from Mission XIV for the distributions DbD_bDb​, and rademacher, evalSet, lossClass from Mission XX. Probability statements bound the outer measure of the failure event under iidLaw. The Rademacher and deviation items require m>d+1m > d + 1m>d+1, the range in which Mission IV states Sauer's lemma in the form (em/d)d(em/d)^d(em/d)d; the explicit sample complexity of §28.1 implies this range, since its first term 432dlog⁡(64d/ϵ2)/ϵ2432d\log(64d/\epsilon^2)/\epsilon^2432dlog(64d/ϵ2)/ϵ2 dominates the possibly negative 8dlog⁡(e/d)8d\log(e/d)8dlog(e/d), and Lemma A.2 holds for any real bbb, so the book's constants are used verbatim. The lower bounds take a shattered set as an injective c:Fin d→Xc : \mathrm{Fin}\ d \to Xc:Fin d→X with the shattering property written out, use DbD_bDb​ as condLaw of the uniform law on CCC, and state the excess risk against min⁡h∈HLDb(h)\min_{h \in H}L_{D_b}(h)minh∈H​LDb​​(h) as ∃h∈H\exists h \in H∃h∈H with L(h)+ϵ≤L(A(S))L(h) + \epsilon \le L(A(S))L(h)+ϵ≤L(A(S)), or as a real infimum over HHH in the expectation item; no measurability of the learner is needed because DbmD_b^mDbm​ is atomic. Lemma 28.1 compares the sums over bbb of the expected risks, the common term min⁡hLDb\min_h L_{D_b}minh​LDb​​ cancelling, for every majority rule with arbitrary tie-breaking. Theorem 28.3 and the realizable bound are stated for δ∈(0,1/4)\delta \in (0, 1/4)δ∈(0,1/4), the theorem's own range; the realizable bound is the inner clause of Mission I's IsPACWith on that range rather than a sample-complexity function, since the theorem does not cover δ≥1/4\delta \ge 1/4δ≥1/4 with its formula.

Not stated: the realizable lower bound (an exercise), the remark that chaining removes the logarithm in (28.1), and the intermediate claims of the proof of Theorem 28.3 as separate items.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 28. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • V. N. Vapnik, A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory of Probability and its Applications 16(2), 1971. doi:10.1137/1116025
  • A. Blumer, A. Ehrenfeucht, D. Haussler, M. K. Warmuth, Learnability and the Vapnik-Chervonenkis dimension, Journal of the ACM 36(4), 1989. doi:10.1145/76359.76371
  • D. Haussler, E. Welzl, ε-nets and simplex range queries, Discrete and Computational Geometry 2, 1987. doi:10.1007/BF02187876
  • M. Anthony, P. L. Bartlett, Neural Network Learning: Theoretical Foundations, Cambridge University Press, 1999. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511624216
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XX: Rademacher ComplexitiesTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 4 showed that uniform convergence suffices for learnability; Chapter 26 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), measures its rate. The representativeness of a sample, sup⁡h∈H(LD(h)−LS(h))\sup_{h \in H}(L_D(h) - L_S(h))suph∈H​(LD​(h)−LS​(h)), is the quantity that controls the excess risk of ERM, and the Rademacher complexity R(F∘S)=1mEσsup⁡f∈F∑iσif(zi)R(F \circ S) = \frac1m\mathbb{E}_\sigma\sup_{f \in F}\sum_i\sigma_i f(z_i)R(F∘S)=m1​Eσ​supf∈F​∑i​σi​f(zi​) estimates it from the sample itself: the symmetrization argument gives ERep⁡≤2 ER\mathbb{E}\operatorname{Rep} \le 2\,\mathbb{E}RERep≤2ER (Lemma 26.2), and McDiarmid's bounded-differences inequality turns expectations into high-probability statements, yielding the generalization bounds of Theorem 26.5, including the data-dependent ones in which the complexity is computed on the training set. A small calculus of Rademacher complexities follows, affine images, convex hulls, Massart's lemma for finite sets and the contraction lemma for Lipschitz compositions, and it is applied to linear classes with ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ constraints. The chapter's payoff is dimension-free generalization bounds for linear predictors with Lipschitz losses (Theorem 26.12), for hard-SVM (Theorems 26.13–26.14), and for predictors with low ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm (Theorem 26.15).

Setting

For a loss class F=ℓ∘HF = \ell \circ HF=ℓ∘H and a sample S=(z1,…,zm)S = (z_1, \dots, z_m)S=(z1​,…,zm​), Rep⁡D(F,S)=sup⁡f∈F(LD(f)−LS(f))\operatorname{Rep}_D(F, S) = \sup_{f \in F}(L_D(f) - L_S(f))RepD​(F,S)=supf∈F​(LD​(f)−LS​(f)) (26.1), F∘S={(f(z1),…,f(zm)):f∈F}F \circ S = \{(f(z_1), \dots, f(z_m)) : f \in F\}F∘S={(f(z1​),…,f(zm​)):f∈F}, and for A⊆RmA \subseteq \mathbb{R}^mA⊆Rm, R(A)=1mEσ[sup⁡a∈A∑iσiai]R(A) = \frac1m\mathbb{E}_\sigma[\sup_{a \in A}\sum_i\sigma_i a_i]R(A)=m1​Eσ​[supa∈A​∑i​σi​ai​] with σ\sigmaσ uniform on {±1}m\{\pm1\}^m{±1}m (26.5). The linear classes are H2∘S={(⟨w,xi⟩)i:∥w∥2≤1}H_2 \circ S = \{(\langle w, x_i\rangle)_i : \|w\|_2 \le 1\}H2​∘S={(⟨w,xi​⟩)i​:∥w∥2​≤1} in a Hilbert space and H1∘SH_1 \circ SH1​∘S with ∥w∥1≤1\|w\|_1 \le 1∥w∥1​≤1 in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn (26.14). Losses of the form ℓ(w,(x,y))=φ(⟨w,x⟩,y)\ell(w, (x, y)) = \varphi(\langle w, x\rangle, y)ℓ(w,(x,y))=φ(⟨w,x⟩,y) with a↦φ(a,y)a \mapsto \varphi(a, y)a↦φ(a,y) ρ\rhoρ-Lipschitz (26.18) cover the hinge and absolute losses.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 26.5

Assume ∣ℓ(h,z)∣≤c|\ell(h, z)| \le c∣ℓ(h,z)∣≤c for all zzz and h∈Hh \in Hh∈H. Then, each with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm:

  1. for all h∈Hh \in Hh∈H, LD(h)−LS(h)≤2 ES′∼DmR(ℓ∘H∘S′)+c2ln⁡(2/δ)/mL_D(h) - L_S(h) \le 2\,\mathbb{E}_{S' \sim D^m}R(\ell \circ H \circ S') + c\sqrt{2\ln(2/\delta)/m}LD​(h)−LS​(h)≤2ES′∼Dm​R(ℓ∘H∘S′)+c2ln(2/δ)/m​;
  2. for all h∈Hh \in Hh∈H, LD(h)−LS(h)≤2R(ℓ∘H∘S)+4c2ln⁡(4/δ)/mL_D(h) - L_S(h) \le 2R(\ell \circ H \circ S) + 4c\sqrt{2\ln(4/\delta)/m}LD​(h)−LS​(h)≤2R(ℓ∘H∘S)+4c2ln(4/δ)/m​;
  3. for any h⋆∈Hh^\star \in Hh⋆∈H, LD(ERMH(S))−LD(h⋆)≤2R(ℓ∘H∘S)+5c2ln⁡(8/δ)/mL_D(\mathrm{ERM}_H(S)) - L_D(h^\star) \le 2R(\ell \circ H \circ S) + 5c\sqrt{2\ln(8/\delta)/m}LD​(ERMH​(S))−LD​(h⋆)≤2R(ℓ∘H∘S)+5c2ln(8/δ)/m​.

Milestones

Lemma 26.2 (symmetrization); Lemma 26.8 (Massart); Lemma 26.9 (contraction); Theorem 26.12 (linear predictors with ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ constraints); Theorem 26.13 (hard-SVM). Further items: Theorem 26.3, Lemma 26.4 (McDiarmid), Lemmas 26.6, 26.7, 26.10, 26.11, Theorem 26.14 and Theorem 26.15.

Significance

Rademacher complexity is the modern language of uniform convergence: it is data-dependent, it is dimension-free for linear classes, and it composes with Lipschitz losses, which is why the SVM bounds of this chapter do not depend on the dimension of www and apply verbatim to kernel methods (Remark 26.2). Theorem 26.5 is the template every such bound follows, symmetrization plus McDiarmid, and the two data-dependent parts are the first bounds in the book that use the training set both to learn and to certify. Massart's lemma and the contraction lemma are the two tools that make the calculus work, the first converting finiteness into a logarithmic dependence, the second removing the loss function from the picture. Theorem 26.13 finally justifies the margin-based sample complexity R2∥w⋆∥2/ϵ2R^2\|w^\star\|^2/\epsilon^2R2∥w⋆∥2/ϵ2 of hard-SVM, and Theorem 26.14 gives a bound computable from the output alone.

Difficulty

Lemma 26.2 is the symmetrization argument: a ghost sample, the exchange of zjz_jzj​ and zj′z'_jzj′​ (26.7), the introduction of one Rademacher sign at a time (26.8)–(26.9), and the split of the supremum. Formally it needs Fubini over the product of 2m2m2m copies of DDD and the sign average, and the measurability of the suprema, which the statements assume. McDiarmid's inequality is a martingale argument with Hoeffding's lemma at each step; it is the substantial probabilistic input, and Theorem 26.5 combines it with Lemma 26.2, a union bound and Hoeffding's inequality along the decomposition (26.10). Lemma 26.6 is the symmetry σ↦−σ\sigma \mapsto -\sigmaσ↦−σ; Lemma 26.7 is the fact that a linear functional on the simplex is maximized at a vertex; Massart's lemma is the exponential-moment bound Eeσa≤ea2/2\mathbb{E}e^{\sigma a} \le e^{a^2/2}Eeσa≤ea2/2 with Jensen and an optimized scaling; the contraction lemma is Kakade and Tewari's coordinate-by-coordinate argument (26.12)–(26.13), which in a formal proof must be run as an induction over the coordinates. Lemmas 26.10 and 26.11 are Cauchy–Schwarz and Hölder followed by Jensen, respectively Massart on the 2n2n2n coordinate vectors. Theorem 26.12 chains contraction, Lemma 26.10 and Theorem 26.5 on the almost-sure event ∥x∥≤R\|x\| \le R∥x∥≤R; Theorem 26.13 specializes it to the ramp loss with B=∥w⋆∥B = \|w^\star\|B=∥w⋆∥, where the hard-SVM output has zero empirical ramp loss; Theorem 26.14 is a union bound over the nested classes ∥w∥≤2i\|w\| \le 2^i∥w∥≤2i with δi=δ/(2i2)\delta_i = \delta/(2i^2)δi​=δ/(2i2); Theorem 26.15 repeats Theorem 26.12 with Lemma 26.11.

Formalization scope

The Rademacher complexity is a finite average over the 2m2^m2m sign vectors, so no measure on {±1}m\{\pm1\}^m{±1}m is needed, and the supremum over AAA is the real supremum over the subtype AAA; the theorems assume AAA nonempty and bounded, which every evaluation set of a bounded loss class satisfies. Risks are Mission I's risk and empRisk, samples are Fin m-indexed under iidLaw, and probability statements bound the outer measure of the failure event. Expectations of suprema over uncountable classes are Bochner integrals, so Lemma 26.2, Theorem 26.3 and Theorem 26.5 carry explicit hypotheses that S↦Rep⁡D(F,S)S \mapsto \operatorname{Rep}_D(F, S)S↦RepD​(F,S) and S↦R(F∘S)S \mapsto R(F \circ S)S↦R(F∘S) are measurable, the book's Remark 3.1 made visible; for the linear classes of §26.3–§26.4 these hold automatically when the Hilbert space is separable (the supremum over the ball is a supremum over a countable dense subset), which is why Theorems 26.12–26.14 assume SecondCountableTopology. McDiarmid's inequality is stated for a measurable function on a product of arbitrary probability measures. Theorem 26.13's error is P[y⟨wS,x⟩≤0]P[y\langle w_S, x\rangle \le 0]P[y⟨wS​,x⟩≤0], which dominates P[y≠sign⁡⟨wS,x⟩]P[y \ne \operatorname{sign}\langle w_S, x\rangle]P[y=sign⟨wS​,x⟩] whatever sign⁡(0)\operatorname{sign}(0)sign(0) is, and the hard-SVM learner is any map returning a minimum-norm margin-1 separator on separable samples; measurability of the learner is not needed because the bound is uniform over the ball. Theorem 26.14 is given with the constants of its proof, 4(ln⁡(4log⁡2∥wS∥)+ln⁡(1/δ))/m\sqrt{4(\ln(4\log_2\|w_S\|) + \ln(1/\delta))/m}4(ln(4log2​∥wS​∥)+ln(1/δ))/m​ rather than the printed ln⁡(4log⁡2∥wS∥/δ)/m\sqrt{\ln(4\log_2\|w_S\|/\delta)/m}ln(4log2​∥wS​∥/δ)/m​, and for ∥wS∥≥2\|w_S\| \ge 2∥wS​∥≥2, where i=⌈log⁡2∥wS∥⌉i = \lceil\log_2\|w_S\|\rceili=⌈log2​∥wS​∥⌉ satisfies 1≤i≤2log⁡2∥wS∥1 \le i \le 2\log_2\|w_S\|1≤i≤2log2​∥wS​∥ as the proof requires; the item text records this. Norms on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn as Fin n → ℝ are sup norms (Lemma 26.11, Theorem 26.15), Euclidean norms are written out (Massart), and inner product spaces carry the Euclidean norm.

Not stated: Definition 26.1 (already Mission II's IsRepresentative), the validation heuristic (26.2)–(26.3), Remark 26.1 (the improved rate under separability, no proof), Remark 26.2.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 26. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian complexities: risk bounds and structural results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 2002.
  • V. Koltchinskii, D. Panchenko, Rademacher processes and bounding the risk of function learning, in High Dimensional Probability II, Birkhäuser, 2000. doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-1358-1_29
  • C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, in Surveys in Combinatorics, Cambridge University Press, 1989. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107359949.008
  • S. M. Kakade, K. Sridharan, A. Tewari, On the complexity of linear prediction: risk bounds, margin bounds, and regularization, NIPS 2008.
  • S. Boucheron, O. Bousquet, G. Lugosi, Theory of classification: a survey of some recent advances, ESAIM: Probability and Statistics 9, 2005. doi:10.1051/ps:2005018
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning XIV: Nearest NeighborTextbook

Motivation

Every learning paradigm of the book so far, ERM, SRM, MDL, RLM, is defined by a hypothesis class: the learner searches a predefined set of functions. Nearest Neighbor is the first method that is not. It memorizes the training set and labels a new point by the labels of its closest neighbors, on the assumption that the features are relevant to the labels in a way that makes close-by points likely to share a label. Chapter 19 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019), makes that assumption precise, a Lipschitz conditional probability, and proves a finite-sample guarantee: the expected error of the 1-NN rule on mmm examples is at most twice the Bayes error plus 4cd m−1/(d+1)4c\sqrt d\, m^{-1/(d+1)}4cd​m−1/(d+1) (Theorem 19.3). The classical results of Cover and Hart (1967) and Stone (1977) are asymptotic; the book insists, as it did in §7.4, on a bound that says what a finite sample buys under an explicit prior assumption. The chapter also proves that the exponential dependence on the dimension is not an artifact (Theorem 19.4, the curse of dimensionality) and, in its exercises, extends the analysis to the kkk-NN rule, whose error converges to (1+8/k)(1 + \sqrt{8/k})(1+8/k​) times the Bayes error (Theorem 19.5).

Setting

The instance domain XXX carries a metric ρ\rhoρ; for the analysis X=[0,1]dX = [0,1]^dX=[0,1]d with the Euclidean distance and Y={0,1}Y = \{0,1\}Y={0,1} with the 0–1 loss. For a sample S=(x1,y1),…,(xm,ym)S = (x_1, y_1), \dots, (x_m, y_m)S=(x1​,y1​),…,(xm​,ym​) and a point xxx, let π1(x),…,πm(x)\pi_1(x), \dots, \pi_m(x)π1​(x),…,πm​(x) reorder the sample by distance to xxx. The kkk-NN rule returns the majority label among yπ1(x),…,yπk(x)y_{\pi_1(x)}, \dots, y_{\pi_k(x)}yπ1​(x)​,…,yπk​(x)​; the 1-NN rule is hS(x)=yπ1(x)h_S(x) = y_{\pi_1(x)}hS​(x)=yπ1​(x)​; in general, for φ:(X×Y)k→Y\varphi : (X \times Y)^k \to Yφ:(X×Y)k→Y, the kkk-NN rule with respect to φ\varphiφ is hS(x)=φ((xπ1(x),yπ1(x)),…,(xπk(x),yπk(x)))h_S(x) = \varphi\big((x_{\pi_1(x)}, y_{\pi_1(x)}), \dots, (x_{\pi_k(x)}, y_{\pi_k(x)})\big)hS​(x)=φ((xπ1​(x)​,yπ1​(x)​),…,(xπk​(x)​,yπk​(x)​)) (19.1).

A distribution DDD over X×YX \times YX×Y has marginal DXD_XDX​ and conditional probability η(x)=P[y=1∣x]\eta(x) = P[y = 1 \mid x]η(x)=P[y=1∣x]; the Bayes optimal rule is h⋆(x)=1[η(x)>1/2]h^\star(x) = \mathbb{1}[\eta(x) > 1/2]h⋆(x)=1[η(x)>1/2], and the standing assumption is that η\etaη is ccc-Lipschitz: ∣η(x)−η(x′)∣≤c∥x−x′∥|\eta(x) - \eta(x')| \le c\|x - x'\|∣η(x)−η(x′)∣≤c∥x−x′∥. In the formalization a distribution with conditional probability η\etaη is written condLaw DX η: draw x∼DXx \sim D_Xx∼DX​, then y∼Bernoulli(η(x))y \sim \mathrm{Bernoulli}(\eta(x))y∼Bernoulli(η(x)). Every distribution with a regression function is of this form, so nothing is lost.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 19.3

For X=[0,1]dX = [0,1]^dX=[0,1]d, Y={0,1}Y = \{0,1\}Y={0,1}, a distribution DDD over X×YX \times YX×Y whose conditional probability η\etaη is ccc-Lipschitz, and hSh_ShS​ the result of the 1-NN rule on S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm,

ES∼Dm[LD(hS)]≤2LD(h⋆)+4cd m−1d+1.\mathbb{E}_{S \sim D^m}[L_D(h_S)] \le 2L_D(h^\star) + 4c\sqrt d\, m^{-\frac{1}{d+1}}.ES∼Dm​[LD​(hS​)]≤2LD​(h⋆)+4cd​m−d+11​.

Milestones

Lemma 19.1 (the Lipschitz reduction: ES[LD(hS)]≤2LD(h⋆)+c ES,x∥x−xπ1(x)∥\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(h_S)] \le 2L_D(h^\star) + c\,\mathbb{E}_{S,x}\|x - x_{\pi_1(x)}\|ES​[LD​(hS​)]≤2LD​(h⋆)+cES,x​∥x−xπ1​(x)​∥); Lemma 19.2 (the expected mass of the sets among C1,…,CrC_1, \dots, C_rC1​,…,Cr​ missed by an i.i.d. sample of size mmm is at most r/(me)r/(me)r/(me)); Theorem 19.4 (for integer c≥2c \ge 2c≥2 and every learning rule there is a distribution with ccc-Lipschitz η\etaη and Bayes error 000 on which the rule's expected error is at least 1/41/41/4 whenever 2m≤(c+1)d2m \le (c+1)^d2m≤(c+1)d); Lemma 19.7 (the majority of k≥10k \ge 10k≥10 independent Bernoulli labels errs, against a label drawn from their mean ppp, at most (1+8/k)(1 + \sqrt{8/k})(1+8/k​) times as often as 1[p>1/2]\mathbb{1}[p > 1/2]1[p>1/2]); Theorem 19.5 (the kkk-NN bound ES[LD(hS)]≤(1+8/k)LD(h⋆)+(6cd+k)m−1/(d+1)\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(h_S)] \le (1 + \sqrt{8/k})L_D(h^\star) + (6c\sqrt d + k)m^{-1/(d+1)}ES​[LD​(hS​)]≤(1+8/k​)LD​(h⋆)+(6cd​+k)m−1/(d+1)). Lemma 19.6, the kkk-fold version of Lemma 19.2 with bound 2rk/m2rk/m2rk/m, is a further item.

Significance

Theorem 19.3 is the book's answer to the question it raised in §7.4: consistency results say that the 1-NN error converges to twice the Bayes error, but not how fast, and the rate necessarily depends on the distribution. The Lipschitz constant ccc and the dimension ddd are exactly the prior knowledge the rule relies on, and Theorem 19.4 shows through the No-Free-Lunch theorem that a sample of size exponential in ddd is genuinely required for some distributions in the class. Theorem 19.5 quantifies what larger kkk buys, the factor 222 improving to 1+8/k1 + \sqrt{8/k}1+8/k​, at the price of the additive term growing linearly in kkk. On the platform, this mission introduces the conditional-probability model of a distribution over X×{0,1}X \times \{0,1\}X×{0,1} and the Bayes rule, which Chapters 24 (generative models) and the nonparametric parts of the book use again, and the box-cover argument of Lemma 19.2, a small combinatorial-probability tool of independent use.

Difficulty

Lemma 19.1 is a computation once the expectation over SSS and (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) is decomposed as the book does: sample the unlabeled points first, find the nearest neighbor, then draw the two labels; the identity P[y≠y′]=2η(x)(1−η(x))+(η(x)−η(x′))(2η(x)−1)P[y \ne y'] = 2\eta(x)(1 - \eta(x)) + (\eta(x) - \eta(x'))(2\eta(x) - 1)P[y=y′]=2η(x)(1−η(x))+(η(x)−η(x′))(2η(x)−1) and LD(h⋆)=Exmin⁡{η,1−η}≥Ex η(1−η)L_D(h^\star) = \mathbb{E}_x\min\{\eta, 1 - \eta\} \ge \mathbb{E}_x\,\eta(1 - \eta)LD​(h⋆)=Ex​min{η,1−η}≥Ex​η(1−η) finish it. Formally the work is in the decomposition itself, which is Fubini for condLaw and the product law, and in the measurability of the rule, which the statement assumes. Lemma 19.2 is E[1[Ci∩S=∅]]=(1−P[Ci])m≤e−P[Ci]m\mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}[C_i \cap S = \emptyset]] = (1 - P[C_i])^m \le e^{-P[C_i]m}E[1[Ci​∩S=∅]]=(1−P[Ci​])m≤e−P[Ci​]m and max⁡aae−ma≤1/(me)\max_a ae^{-ma} \le 1/(me)maxa​ae−ma≤1/(me). Theorem 19.3 covers the cube by boxes of side ε\varepsilonε, applies Lemma 19.2 to the boxes and sets ε=2m−1/(d+1)\varepsilon = 2m^{-1/(d+1)}ε=2m−1/(d+1); a formal proof must handle 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε not being an integer (take T=⌈1/ε⌉T = \lceil 1/\varepsilon \rceilT=⌈1/ε⌉ boxes per side, so r≤(2/ε)dr \le (2/\varepsilon)^dr≤(2/ε)d when ε≤1\varepsilon \le 1ε≤1, which is what the book's 2dε−d2^d\varepsilon^{-d}2dε−d already allows for) and the regime m<2d+1m < 2^{d+1}m<2d+1, where the trivial bound E∥x−xπ1(x)∥≤d\mathbb{E}\|x - x_{\pi_1(x)}\| \le \sqrt dE∥x−xπ1​(x)​∥≤d​ suffices. Theorem 19.4 is the No-Free-Lunch theorem on the grid of spacing 1/c1/c1/c, plus the observation that any {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued function on the grid extends to a ccc-Lipschitz [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued function on the cube (McShane). Lemma 19.6 is Chernoff's bound below the mean; Lemma 19.7 is the delicate one: Chernoff with the function h(a)=(1+a)log⁡(1+a)−ah(a) = (1 + a)\log(1 + a) - ah(a)=(1+a)log(1+a)−a and the inequality (1−2p)e−kp+k2(log⁡(2p)+1)≤8/k p(1 - 2p)e^{-kp + \frac k2(\log(2p) + 1)} \le \sqrt{8/k}\,p(1−2p)e−kp+2k​(log(2p)+1)≤8/k​p for p∈[0,1/2]p \in [0, 1/2]p∈[0,1/2], k≥10k \ge 10k≥10, which the book states without proof. Theorem 19.5 assembles Lemmas 19.6 and 19.7 along the four steps of Exercise 4; to reach the book's constants with an integer number of boxes one takes T=⌈m1/(d+1)/2.07⌉T = \lceil m^{1/(d+1)}/2.07 \rceilT=⌈m1/(d+1)/2.07⌉ boxes per side and Chernoff at δ=1/3\delta = 1/3δ=1/3 in Lemma 19.6, or notes that the bound is trivial unless m1/(d+1)>6cd+km^{1/(d+1)} > 6c\sqrt d + km1/(d+1)>6cd​+k.

Formalization scope

Labels are Bool; bernoulliLaw p is the Bernoulli law on Bool, condLaw DX η the distribution with marginal DX and conditional probability η, and bayesRule η the Bayes rule. The cube is the subtype cube d of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so its metric is Euclidean and its Borel structure is inherited; the Lipschitz hypothesis is LipschitzWith c η with c : ℝ≥0, together with η x ∈ [0,1] (a conditional probability). A kkk-NN rule is a learner h with IsKNNRuleWith k φ h: for every sample of size m≥km \ge km≥k and every xxx there is some reordering of the sample by distance to xxx whose first kkk entries feed φ\varphiφ; ties are therefore broken arbitrarily, and the theorems hold for every choice. Majority votes predict 111 iff strictly more than half of the kkk labels are 111, the book's 1[p′>1/2]\mathbb{1}[p' > 1/2]1[p′>1/2] of Lemma 19.7. The nearest-neighbor distance is nnDist S x = ⨅ i, dist x (S i).1. Expectations over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm are Bochner integrals against iidLaw D m (Mission I), and the expectation statements assume the rule is measurable in (S,x)(S, x)(S,x), the book's Remark 3.1; without it the integrals would be junk. Lemmas 19.2 and 19.6 are stated for arbitrary measurable subsets of an arbitrary measurable space, as in the book, with m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 (for m=0m = 0m=0 the left side is ∑iP[Ci]\sum_i P[C_i]∑i​P[Ci​] while Lean reads r/(0⋅e)r/(0 \cdot e)r/(0⋅e) as 000). Lemma 19.7 uses the product of Bernoulli laws on Fin k → Bool.

Two statements are given as their proofs support them, and the deviations are recorded in the item texts. Theorem 19.4 takes c≥2c \ge 2c≥2 an integer (the grid has spacing 1/c1/c1/c), fixes mmm with 2m≤(c+1)d2m \le (c+1)^d2m≤(c+1)d before choosing the distribution (Theorem 5.1 produces a distribution per mmm), and concludes that the expected true error is at least 1/41/41/4 (Equation (5.2) in the proof of Theorem 5.1; the book's "greater than 1/41/41/4" is what its proof gives for 2m<(c+1)d2m < (c+1)^d2m<(c+1)d only in the form of that expectation). Theorem 19.5 keeps the book's constants; the drafter checked that they are reachable with an integer number of boxes. Not stated: the general weighted-average rules of §19.1 beyond (19.1), the efficient implementation of §19.3, Exercise 3 (a one-line inequality, absorbed into the proof of Theorem 19.5).

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 19. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • T. Cover, P. Hart, Nearest neighbor pattern classification, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 13(1), 1967. doi:10.1109/TIT.1967.1053964
  • C. J. Stone, Consistent nonparametric regression, Annals of Statistics 5(4), 1977. doi:10.1214/aos/1176343886
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, G. Lugosi, A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition, Springer, 1996. doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-0711-5
  • L.-A. Gottlieb, A. Kontorovich, R. Krauthgamer, Efficient classification for metric data, COLT 2010; IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 60(9), 2014. doi:10.1109/TIT.2014.2339840
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine Learning·Captain: Lucas

The Principles of Deep Learning Theory II: Deep Linear Networks at InitializationTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 3 of The Principles of Deep Learning Theory by D. A. Roberts and S. Yaida (arXiv:2106.10165) is the book's first complete example of its effective-theory method. For deep linear networks at initialization, the two- and four-point correlators of the network outputs can be computed exactly at any width and depth. The resulting formulas exhibit, in the simplest setting, the phenomena that organize the rest of the book: criticality of the weight variance CW=1C_W=1CW​=1, non-Gaussianity that grows with depth, and the depth-to-width ratio ℓ/n\ell/nℓ/n as the parameter controlling deviations from the infinite-width limit. This mission formalizes §§3.1–3.3. It is the second mission in a series formalizing the book (namespace DeepLearningTheory).

Setting

A deep linear network with widths n0,n1,n2,…n_0, n_1, n_2, \dotsn0​,n1​,n2​,… (all positive) and zero biases maps an input x∈Rn0x\in\mathbb{R}^{n_0}x∈Rn0​ to preactivations

zi(0)=xi,zi(ℓ+1)=∑j=1nℓWij(ℓ+1) zj(ℓ)(i=1,…,nℓ+1),z^{(0)}_i = x_i,\qquad z^{(\ell+1)}_i = \sum_{j=1}^{n_\ell} W^{(\ell+1)}_{ij}\, z^{(\ell)}_j \quad (i=1,\dots,n_{\ell+1}),zi(0)​=xi​,zi(ℓ+1)​=j=1∑nℓ​​Wij(ℓ+1)​zj(ℓ)​(i=1,…,nℓ+1​),

(eqs. 3.1–3.2 with b(ℓ)=0b^{(\ell)}=0b(ℓ)=0). At initialization all weights Wij(ℓ)W^{(\ell)}_{ij}Wij(ℓ)​ are independent centered Gaussians with E[Wi1j1(ℓ)Wi2j2(ℓ)]=δi1i2δj1j2 CW/nℓ−1\mathbb{E}[W^{(\ell)}_{i_1j_1}W^{(\ell)}_{i_2j_2}] = \delta_{i_1i_2}\delta_{j_1j_2}\, C_W/n_{\ell-1}E[Wi1​j1​(ℓ)​Wi2​j2​(ℓ)​]=δi1​i2​​δj1​j2​​CW​/nℓ−1​ (eq. 3.4), with a layer-independent CW≥0C_W\ge0CW​≥0. For inputs xα1,xα2x_{\alpha_1}, x_{\alpha_2}xα1​​,xα2​​ let Gα1α2(0)=1n0∑jxj;α1xj;α2G^{(0)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2} = \frac1{n_0}\sum_j x_{j;\alpha_1}x_{j;\alpha_2}Gα1​α2​(0)​=n0​1​∑j​xj;α1​​xj;α2​​ (eq. 3.9).

Formalization targets

Goal: the exact four-point correlator (eqs. 3.21, 3.25)

For every layer ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1, a single input xxx, and neurons i1,…,i4i_1,\dots,i_4i1​,…,i4​,

E[zi1(ℓ)zi2(ℓ)zi3(ℓ)zi4(ℓ)]=(δi1i2δi3i4+δi1i3δi2i4+δi1i4δi2i3)  CW2ℓ[∏ℓ′=1ℓ−1(1+2nℓ′)](G(0))2.\mathbb{E}\big[z^{(\ell)}_{i_1}z^{(\ell)}_{i_2}z^{(\ell)}_{i_3}z^{(\ell)}_{i_4}\big] = (\delta_{i_1i_2}\delta_{i_3i_4}+\delta_{i_1i_3}\delta_{i_2i_4}+\delta_{i_1i_4}\delta_{i_2i_3})\; C_W^{2\ell}\Big[\prod_{\ell'=1}^{\ell-1}\Big(1+\frac{2}{n_{\ell'}}\Big)\Big]\big(G^{(0)}\big)^2 .E[zi1​(ℓ)​zi2​(ℓ)​zi3​(ℓ)​zi4​(ℓ)​]=(δi1​i2​​δi3​i4​​+δi1​i3​​δi2​i4​​+δi1​i4​​δi2​i3​​)CW2ℓ​[ℓ′=1∏ℓ−1​(1+nℓ′​2​)](G(0))2.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (3.6) — the mean preactivation vanishes.
  2. Eq. (3.10) — first-layer two-point correlator E[zi1;α1(1)zi2;α2(1)]=δi1i2CWGα1α2(0)\mathbb{E}[z^{(1)}_{i_1;\alpha_1}z^{(1)}_{i_2;\alpha_2}] = \delta_{i_1i_2}C_W G^{(0)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}E[zi1​;α1​(1)​zi2​;α2​(1)​]=δi1​i2​​CW​Gα1​α2​(0)​.
  3. Eqs. (3.12), (3.15) — two-point correlator in layer ℓ\ellℓ: δi1i2CWℓGα1α2(0)\delta_{i_1i_2}C_W^{\ell}G^{(0)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}δi1​i2​​CWℓ​Gα1​α2​(0)​.
  4. Eq. (3.18) — first-layer four-point correlator.
  5. Eq. (3.20) — the layer-to-layer recursion for the four-point correlator.
  6. Eqs. (3.21)–(3.24) — the recursion G4(ℓ+1)=CW2(1+2/nℓ)G4(ℓ)G_4^{(\ell+1)} = C_W^2(1+2/n_\ell)G_4^{(\ell)}G4(ℓ+1)​=CW2​(1+2/nℓ​)G4(ℓ)​ for the coefficient of the Wick tensor structure.
  7. Eq. (3.30) — the connected four-point correlator between two distinct neurons, G4(ℓ)−(G2(ℓ))2G_4^{(\ell)} - (G_2^{(\ell)})^2G4(ℓ)​−(G2(ℓ)​)2.

Significance

The closed forms show that a deep linear network is exactly Gaussian only in the strict infinite-width limit: at criticality CW=1C_W=1CW​=1 the connected four-point correlator (3.29)–(3.30) is [∏(1+2/nℓ′)−1](G(0))2≈2(ℓ−1)n(G(0))2\big[\prod(1+2/n_{\ell'})-1\big](G^{(0)})^2 \approx \frac{2(\ell-1)}{n}(G^{(0)})^2[∏(1+2/nℓ′​)−1](G(0))2≈n2(ℓ−1)​(G(0))2 for equal widths nnn, the first appearance of the depth-to-width ratio as the book's emergent scale. The same recursive method is reused for nonlinear networks in Chapters 4–5. The results are exact computations in the book; this mission formalizes them.

Difficulty

Each correlator is an expectation of a polynomial in exponentially many Gaussian weights. The book's recursion uses that the layer-(ℓ+1)(\ell+1)(ℓ+1) weights are independent of the layer-ℓ\ellℓ preactivations, followed by Wick contraction of the two or four new weights. In Lean this requires independence of a weight family from a measurable function of the earlier layers, integrability of products of Gaussian polynomials, and careful handling of the Kronecker-delta bookkeeping in the sums (3.23).

Formalization scope

  • Widths are n : ℕ → ℕ with n 0 the input dimension; neural indices are 0,…,nℓ−10,\dots,n_\ell-10,…,nℓ​−1. Weights are a random field W : Ω → ℕ → ℕ → ℕ → ℝ on a probability space, only entries Wij(ℓ)W^{(\ell)}_{ij}Wij(ℓ)​ with ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1, i<nℓi<n_\elli<nℓ​, j<nℓ−1j<n_{\ell-1}j<nℓ−1​ are used.
  • IsLinearNetInit P n CW W states mutual independence of all these weights and that each has law gaussianReal 0 (CW / n (ℓ-1)).
  • linearPreact n (W ω) x ℓ i is zi(ℓ)(x)z^{(\ell)}_i(x)zi(ℓ)​(x); inputKernel (n 0) x₁ x₂ is Gα1α2(0)G^{(0)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}Gα1​α2​(0)​; kron and wickDelta4 are the Kronecker delta and the three-term tensor structure.
  • Widths are assumed positive where the source's formulas require it (division by nℓn_\ellnℓ​, nonempty hidden layers). Every hypothesis is satisfiable by a product of independent Gaussians.

Selected references

  • D. A. Roberts, S. Yaida (with B. Hanin), The Principles of Deep Learning Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2022, Chapter 3. arXiv:2106.10165
  • B. Hanin, M. Nica, Products of many large random matrices and gradients in deep neural networks, Commun. Math. Phys. 376 (2020). arXiv:1812.05994
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine Learning·Captain: Lucas

The Principles of Deep Learning Theory III: Preactivation Statistics in the First Two LayersTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 4 of The Principles of Deep Learning Theory by D. A. Roberts and S. Yaida (arXiv:2106.10165) begins the analysis of general multilayer perceptrons (MLPs) with a nonlinear activation function σ\sigmaσ at initialization. The first layer is exactly Gaussian; the second layer is the first place where non-Gaussianity appears, as a connected four-point correlator suppressed by 1/n11/n_11/n1​ and governed by the four-point vertex V(2)V^{(2)}V(2). This mission formalizes §§4.1–4.2, which are exact at any width. It is the third mission in a series formalizing the book (namespace DeepLearningTheory) and reuses the definitions of Mission II (Deep Linear Networks at Initialization).

Setting

An MLP with widths n0,n1,n2,…n_0,n_1,n_2,\dotsn0​,n1​,n2​,… and activation σ:R→R\sigma:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R}σ:R→R maps inputs xα∈Rn0x_\alpha\in\mathbb{R}^{n_0}xα​∈Rn0​ to preactivations

zi;α(1)=bi(1)+∑j=1n0Wij(1)xj;α,zi;α(ℓ+1)=bi(ℓ+1)+∑j=1nℓWij(ℓ+1) σ(zj;α(ℓ))z^{(1)}_{i;\alpha}=b^{(1)}_i+\sum_{j=1}^{n_0}W^{(1)}_{ij}x_{j;\alpha},\qquad z^{(\ell+1)}_{i;\alpha}=b^{(\ell+1)}_i+\sum_{j=1}^{n_\ell}W^{(\ell+1)}_{ij}\,\sigma\big(z^{(\ell)}_{j;\alpha}\big)zi;α(1)​=bi(1)​+j=1∑n0​​Wij(1)​xj;α​,zi;α(ℓ+1)​=bi(ℓ+1)​+j=1∑nℓ​​Wij(ℓ+1)​σ(zj;α(ℓ)​)

(eqs. 4.2, 4.30). At initialization all biases and weights are independent centered Gaussians with E[bi(ℓ)bj(ℓ)]=δijCb(ℓ)\mathbb{E}[b^{(\ell)}_ib^{(\ell)}_j]=\delta_{ij}C_b^{(\ell)}E[bi(ℓ)​bj(ℓ)​]=δij​Cb(ℓ)​ and E[Wi1j1(ℓ)Wi2j2(ℓ)]=δi1i2δj1j2CW(ℓ)/nℓ−1\mathbb{E}[W^{(\ell)}_{i_1j_1}W^{(\ell)}_{i_2j_2}]=\delta_{i_1i_2}\delta_{j_1j_2}C_W^{(\ell)}/n_{\ell-1}E[Wi1​j1​(ℓ)​Wi2​j2​(ℓ)​]=δi1​i2​​δj1​j2​​CW(ℓ)​/nℓ−1​ (eqs. 4.3–4.4). The first-layer metric is Gα1α2(1)=Cb(1)+CW(1)1n0∑jxj;α1xj;α2G^{(1)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}=C_b^{(1)}+C_W^{(1)}\frac1{n_0}\sum_jx_{j;\alpha_1}x_{j;\alpha_2}Gα1​α2​(1)​=Cb(1)​+CW(1)​n0​1​∑j​xj;α1​​xj;α2​​ (eq. 4.8), and ⟨F(zα1,…,zαm)⟩g\langle F(z_{\alpha_1},\dots,z_{\alpha_m})\rangle_{g}⟨F(zα1​​,…,zαm​​)⟩g​ denotes the expectation over a centered Gaussian vector (zα)(z_\alpha)(zα​) with covariance ggg (eq. 4.25), with σα≡σ(zα)\sigma_\alpha\equiv\sigma(z_\alpha)σα​≡σ(zα​).

Formalization targets

Goal: second-layer connected four-point correlator (eq. 4.43)

E[zi1;α1(2)zi2;α2(2)zi3;α3(2)zi4;α4(2)]∣connected=1n1[δi1i2δi3i4V(α1α2)(α3α4)(2)+δi1i3δi2i4V(α1α3)(α2α4)(2)+δi1i4δi2i3V(α1α4)(α2α3)(2)]\mathbb{E}\big[z^{(2)}_{i_1;\alpha_1}z^{(2)}_{i_2;\alpha_2}z^{(2)}_{i_3;\alpha_3}z^{(2)}_{i_4;\alpha_4}\big]\Big|_{\text{connected}}=\frac{1}{n_1}\Big[\delta_{i_1i_2}\delta_{i_3i_4}V^{(2)}_{(\alpha_1\alpha_2)(\alpha_3\alpha_4)}+\delta_{i_1i_3}\delta_{i_2i_4}V^{(2)}_{(\alpha_1\alpha_3)(\alpha_2\alpha_4)}+\delta_{i_1i_4}\delta_{i_2i_3}V^{(2)}_{(\alpha_1\alpha_4)(\alpha_2\alpha_3)}\Big]E[zi1​;α1​(2)​zi2​;α2​(2)​zi3​;α3​(2)​zi4​;α4​(2)​]​connected​=n1​1​[δi1​i2​​δi3​i4​​V(α1​α2​)(α3​α4​)(2)​+δi1​i3​​δi2​i4​​V(α1​α3​)(α2​α4​)(2)​+δi1​i4​​δi2​i3​​V(α1​α4​)(α2​α3​)(2)​]

with the four-point vertex V(α1α2)(α3α4)(2)=(CW(2))2[⟨σα1σα2σα3σα4⟩G(1)−⟨σα1σα2⟩G(1)⟨σα3σα4⟩G(1)]V^{(2)}_{(\alpha_1\alpha_2)(\alpha_3\alpha_4)}=\big(C_W^{(2)}\big)^2\big[\langle\sigma_{\alpha_1}\sigma_{\alpha_2}\sigma_{\alpha_3}\sigma_{\alpha_4}\rangle_{G^{(1)}}-\langle\sigma_{\alpha_1}\sigma_{\alpha_2}\rangle_{G^{(1)}}\langle\sigma_{\alpha_3}\sigma_{\alpha_4}\rangle_{G^{(1)}}\big]V(α1​α2​)(α3​α4​)(2)​=(CW(2)​)2[⟨σα1​​σα2​​σα3​​σα4​​⟩G(1)​−⟨σα1​​σα2​​⟩G(1)​⟨σα3​​σα4​​⟩G(1)​] (eq. 4.40).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (4.6) — first-layer mean vanishes.
  2. Eqs. (4.7)–(4.8) — first-layer two-point correlator δi1i2Gα1α2(1)\delta_{i_1i_2}G^{(1)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}δi1​i2​​Gα1​α2​(1)​.
  3. Eq. (4.9) — first-layer four-point correlator is the Wick value.
  4. Eq. (4.23) — the first-layer preactivations are exactly Gaussian with covariance δi1i2Gα1α2(1)\delta_{i_1i_2}G^{(1)}_{\alpha_1\alpha_2}δi1​i2​​Gα1​α2​(1)​.
  5. Eqs. (4.27), (4.28), (4.29) — activation correlators in the first layer as Gaussian expectations.
  6. Eq. (4.40) — two-point correlator of the second-layer metric fluctuation.
  7. Eq. (4.41) — second-layer two-point correlator.

Significance

These identities are the base case of the book's recursion (Chapter 4.3 onward) for the kernel and four-point vertex in deeper layers, and they show concretely that a finite-width network is not a Gaussian process: the 1/n11/n_11/n1​ connected correlator is generically nonzero for nonlinear σ\sigmaσ. The results are exact computations in the book; this mission formalizes them.

Difficulty

The second layer is a Gaussian conditional on the first layer, with a random covariance (the stochastic metric, eq. 4.36). Turning this into unconditional correlators requires conditioning on the first-layer preactivations, independence of different first-layer neurons, and the identification of first-layer activation correlators with Gaussian expectations over the metric G(1)G^{(1)}G(1), which may be degenerate (e.g. repeated inputs). Integrability of σ\sigmaσ against Gaussians must be controlled.

Formalization scope

  • Definitions from Mission II are reused: kron, inputKernel, WeightIndex. New definitions: mlpPreact (zi(ℓ)(x)z^{(\ell)}_i(x)zi(ℓ)​(x)), IsMLPInit (independent Gaussian biases and weights with layer-dependent Cb(ℓ),CW(ℓ)C_b^{(\ell)},C_W^{(\ell)}Cb(ℓ)​,CW(ℓ)​), firstLayerMetric (G(1)G^{(1)}G(1) on finitely many inputs), gaussAvg (⟨⋅⟩g\langle\cdot\rangle_g⟨⋅⟩g​, via Mathlib's multivariateGaussian, which handles singular positive-semidefinite ggg), and HasPolyGrowth.
  • Statements about activations assume σ\sigmaσ measurable with polynomial growth, the standing convention guaranteeing that all Gaussian averages are finite; this covers ReLU, tanh, sigmoid, GELU, SWISH and the perceptron step function.
  • The sample set is Fin D (for the specific statements, D=2D=2D=2 or 444 inputs, possibly repeated). n1>0n_1>0n1​>0 is assumed where the formulas divide by n1n_1n1​.

Selected references

  • D. A. Roberts, S. Yaida (with B. Hanin), The Principles of Deep Learning Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2022, Chapter 4. arXiv:2106.10165
  • R. M. Neal, Bayesian Learning for Neural Networks, Springer, 1996. doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-0745-0
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning X: Gradient Descent, Subgradients and Stochastic Gradient DescentTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 13 showed that convex-Lipschitz-bounded and convex-smooth-bounded problems are learnable by regularized loss minimization; Chapter 14 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019) shows how to learn them with the simplest possible algorithm. Gradient descent moves against the gradient with a fixed step size and outputs the average of its iterates; its analysis (Lemma 14.1) is a single telescoping identity that bounds ∑t⟨w(t)−w⋆,vt⟩\sum_t \langle w^{(t)} - w^\star, v_t\rangle∑t​⟨w(t)−w⋆,vt​⟩ for any sequence of directions vtv_tvt​, and this generality is the whole point. It gives the rate Bρ/TB\rho/\sqrt TBρ/T​ for convex Lipschitz functions (Corollary 14.2), extends to nondifferentiable functions through subgradients (Definition 14.4, Lemmas 14.3 and 14.7), and, because it never used that the directions were gradients, extends to stochastic gradient descent, in which each direction is random with a subgradient as its conditional expectation (Theorem 14.8). Applied to the risk LD(w)L_D(w)LD​(w) with a fresh example at each step, SGD is a learning algorithm whose sample complexity is the iteration count: B2ρ2/ϵ2B^2\rho^2/\epsilon^2B2ρ2/ϵ2 examples for convex-Lipschitz-bounded problems (Corollary 14.12) and 12B2β/ϵ212B^2\beta/\epsilon^212B2β/ϵ2 for convex-smooth-bounded ones (Theorem 14.13, Corollary 14.14). A projected, decreasing-step variant for strongly convex objectives has rate (ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)(\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT) (Theorem 14.11).

Setting

Hypotheses are vectors in Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd; convex, Lipschitz and smooth losses, convex-Lipschitz-bounded and convex-smooth-bounded problems, and strong convexity are those of Mission IX. A vector vvv is a subgradient of fff at www if f(u)≥f(w)+⟨u−w,v⟩f(u) \ge f(w) + \langle u - w, v\ranglef(u)≥f(w)+⟨u−w,v⟩ for all uuu. The iterates of an update rule w(1)=0w^{(1)} = 0w(1)=0, w(t+1)=w(t)−ηvtw^{(t+1)} = w^{(t)} - \eta v_tw(t+1)=w(t)−ηvt​ are indexed from 000, and the output after TTT steps is wˉ=1T∑t<Tw(t)\bar w = \frac1T\sum_{t < T} w^{(t)}wˉ=T1​∑t<T​w(t). The randomness of SGD is modelled as the chapter uses it in §14.5: a sample z0,…,zT−1z_0, \dots, z_{T-1}z0​,…,zT−1​ drawn i.i.d. from DDD and an oracle ggg with vt=g(w(t),zt)v_t = g(w^{(t)}, z_t)vt​=g(w(t),zt​), where ggg is a stochastic subgradient oracle for fff if Ez∼D g(w,z)∈∂f(w)\mathbb{E}_{z \sim D}\, g(w, z) \in \partial f(w)Ez∼D​g(w,z)∈∂f(w) for every www. This is the book's condition E[vt∣w(t)]∈∂f(w(t))\mathbb{E}[v_t \mid w^{(t)}] \in \partial f(w^{(t)})E[vt​∣w(t)]∈∂f(w(t)) in the case where the direction depends on the past only through w(t)w^{(t)}w(t) and on fresh randomness, which is what every application in the book does; the expectation E[f(wˉ)]\mathbb{E}[f(\bar w)]E[f(wˉ)] is then an integral over DTD^TDT. For learning, g(w,z)g(w, z)g(w,z) is a subgradient of ℓ(⋅,z)\ell(\cdot, z)ℓ(⋅,z) at www, so that Ezg(w,z)\mathbb{E}_z g(w,z)Ez​g(w,z) is a subgradient of LDL_DLD​ at www (14.13). The projection of www onto a convex set HHH is a nearest point of HHH, and the strongly convex variant projects after each step with step size 1/(λt)1/(\lambda t)1/(λt).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 14.8

For a convex fff, B,ρ>0B, \rho > 0B,ρ>0, a measurable oracle ggg with Ezg(w,z)∈∂f(w)\mathbb{E}_z g(w, z) \in \partial f(w)Ez​g(w,z)∈∂f(w) and ∥g(w,z)∥≤ρ\|g(w, z)\| \le \rho∥g(w,z)∥≤ρ, any w⋆w^\starw⋆ with ∥w⋆∥≤B\|w^\star\| \le B∥w⋆∥≤B, T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 and η=B/(ρT)\eta = B/(\rho\sqrt T)η=B/(ρT​): E[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤Bρ/T\mathbb{E}[f(\bar w)] - f(w^\star) \le B\rho/\sqrt TE[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤Bρ/T​; and for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2T \ge B^2\rho^2/\epsilon^2T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2 gives E[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤ϵ\mathbb{E}[f(\bar w)] - f(w^\star) \le \epsilonE[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤ϵ.

Milestones

Lemma 14.1. For any directions, ∑t<T⟨w(t)−w⋆,vt⟩≤∥w⋆∥2/(2η)+(η/2)∑t<T∥vt∥2\sum_{t<T}\langle w^{(t)} - w^\star, v_t\rangle \le \|w^\star\|^2/(2\eta) + (\eta/2)\sum_{t<T}\|v_t\|^2∑t<T​⟨w(t)−w⋆,vt​⟩≤∥w⋆∥2/(2η)+(η/2)∑t<T​∥vt​∥2; with ∥vt∥≤ρ\|v_t\| \le \rho∥vt​∥≤ρ, ∥w⋆∥≤B\|w^\star\| \le B∥w⋆∥≤B and η=B/(ρT)\eta = B/(\rho\sqrt T)η=B/(ρT​) the average is at most Bρ/TB\rho/\sqrt TBρ/T​.

Corollary 14.2. Subgradient descent on a convex ρ\rhoρ-Lipschitz fff with η=B/(ρT)\eta = B/(\rho\sqrt T)η=B/(ρT​) has f(wˉ)−f(w⋆)≤Bρ/Tf(\bar w) - f(w^\star) \le B\rho/\sqrt Tf(wˉ)−f(w⋆)≤Bρ/T​ for every ∥w⋆∥≤B\|w^\star\| \le B∥w⋆∥≤B, and T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2T \ge B^2\rho^2/\epsilon^2T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2 gives ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Lemma 14.7. A convex fff on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd is ρ\rhoρ-Lipschitz iff all its subgradients have norm at most ρ\rhoρ.

Lemma 14.9. For the projection vvv of www onto a convex HHH and u∈Hu \in Hu∈H, ∥w−u∥2≥∥v−u∥2\|w - u\|^2 \ge \|v - u\|^2∥w−u∥2≥∥v−u∥2.

Theorem 14.11. For λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex fff, a closed convex HHH, an oracle with Ez∥g(w,z)∥2≤ρ2\mathbb{E}_z\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le \rho^2Ez​∥g(w,z)∥2≤ρ2 and any w⋆∈Hw^\star \in Hw⋆∈H, the projected variant with ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t = 1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) has E[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤(ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)\mathbb{E}[f(\bar w)] - f(w^\star) \le (\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)E[f(wˉ)]−f(w⋆)≤(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT).

Corollary 14.12. SGD on the risk of a convex-Lipschitz-bounded problem with T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2T \ge B^2\rho^2/\epsilon^2T≥B2ρ2/ϵ2 examples has E[LD(wˉ)]≤LD(w)+ϵ\mathbb{E}[L_D(\bar w)] \le L_D(w) + \epsilonE[LD​(wˉ)]≤LD​(w)+ϵ for every w∈Hw \in Hw∈H.

Theorem 14.13. For convex, β\betaβ-smooth, nonnegative losses and ηβ<1\eta\beta < 1ηβ<1, SGD with gradient directions has E[LD(wˉ)]≤11−ηβ(LD(w⋆)+∥w⋆∥2/(2ηT))\mathbb{E}[L_D(\bar w)] \le \frac{1}{1-\eta\beta}(L_D(w^\star) + \|w^\star\|^2/(2\eta T))E[LD​(wˉ)]≤1−ηβ1​(LD​(w⋆)+∥w⋆∥2/(2ηT)).

Corollary 14.14. For a convex-smooth-bounded problem with ℓ(0,z)≤1\ell(0,z) \le 1ℓ(0,z)≤1 and any ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, SGD with η=1/(β(1+3/ϵ))\eta = 1/(\beta(1 + 3/\epsilon))η=1/(β(1+3/ϵ)) and T≥12B2β/ϵ2T \ge 12B^2\beta/\epsilon^2T≥12B2β/ϵ2 has E[LD(wˉ)]≤LD(w)+ϵ\mathbb{E}[L_D(\bar w)] \le L_D(w) + \epsilonE[LD​(wˉ)]≤LD​(w)+ϵ for every w∈Hw \in Hw∈H.

Further items: Lemma 14.3, Claims 14.5, 14.6 and 14.10, and the hinge-loss subgradient of Example 14.2.

Significance

SGD is the algorithm behind most of modern machine learning, and Theorem 14.8 is its basic guarantee: dimension-free, independent of the form of fff beyond convexity, and with a sample complexity matching the regularization bound of Chapter 13 up to a constant. Lemma 14.1 isolates the deterministic identity that makes both gradient descent and its stochastic version work, and Lemma 14.7 is the bridge between the Lipschitz assumption of Chapter 12 and the bounded directions the analysis needs. The learning corollaries make the point that runs through Part II of the book: for convex problems, optimization and learning are the same activity, and one pass over the data suffices.

Nothing here is machine-checked. The chapter's statements are essentially correct, and the formalization records the reading choices rather than corrections: the i.i.d.-oracle model of the randomness, the subgradient form of gradient descent, the bound at every point of the ball rather than at a minimizer, and, in Corollary 14.14, the assumptions ϵ≤1\epsilon \le 1ϵ≤1 and 0∈H0 \in H0∈H under which the derivation from Theorem 14.13 goes through.

Difficulty

Lemma 14.1 is a completed square and a telescoping sum and is the intended entry point; the Bρ/TB\rho/\sqrt TBρ/T​ clause is the substitution of η\etaη. Corollary 14.2 is Lemma 14.1 with Jensen's inequality for the average and the subgradient inequality at each iterate, plus Lemma 14.7 to bound the directions. The subgradient facts need convex analysis: Lemma 14.3 in the direction "convex implies subgradients exist" is the supporting hyperplane theorem on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd, which Mathlib does not offer directly; Claim 14.5 uses the first-order characterization of convexity for differentiable functions; Lemma 14.7's "Lipschitz implies bounded subgradients" is the book's one-line argument along u=w+ϵv/∥v∥u = w + \epsilon v/\|v\|u=w+ϵv/∥v∥. Theorem 14.8 is Lemma 14.1 plus the conditioning argument of the book, which in the i.i.d.-oracle model is Fubini on the product DTD^TDT: the iterate w(t)w^{(t)}w(t) is a measurable function of z0,…,zt−1z_0, \dots, z_{t-1}z0​,…,zt−1​, and integrating ⟨w(t)−w⋆,g(w(t),zt)⟩\langle w^{(t)} - w^\star, g(w^{(t)}, z_t)\rangle⟨w(t)−w⋆,g(w(t),zt​)⟩ over ztz_tzt​ first gives ⟨w(t)−w⋆,Ezg(w(t),z)⟩≥f(w(t))−f(w⋆)\langle w^{(t)} - w^\star, \mathbb{E}_z g(w^{(t)}, z)\rangle \ge f(w^{(t)}) - f(w^\star)⟨w(t)−w⋆,Ez​g(w(t),z)⟩≥f(w(t))−f(w⋆). Theorem 14.11 adds the projection lemma, the strong-convexity inequality of Claim 14.10, the telescoping of λt2(at−at+1)−λ2at\frac{\lambda t}{2}(a_t - a_{t+1}) - \frac\lambda2 a_t2λt​(at​−at+1​)−2λ​at​ and the harmonic sum ∑t≤T1/t≤1+log⁡T\sum_{t \le T} 1/t \le 1 + \log T∑t≤T​1/t≤1+logT; the second-moment hypothesis makes E∥w(t)−w⋆∥2\mathbb{E}\|w^{(t)} - w^\star\|^2E∥w(t)−w⋆∥2 finite inductively. Corollary 14.12 is Theorem 14.8 for f=LDf = L_Df=LD​ with the oracle of (14.13), which requires exchanging a subgradient inequality with the integral over zzz. Theorem 14.13 replaces the Lipschitz bound by self-boundedness, ∥∇ℓ∥2≤2βℓ\|\nabla\ell\|^2 \le 2\beta\ell∥∇ℓ∥2≤2βℓ, and rearranges; Corollary 14.14 is its arithmetic under the added assumptions. In all expectation statements the measurability of the iterates in the sample, from the measurability of the oracle, is a routine but necessary lemma.

Formalization scope

Iterates are defined by structural recursion, so no argmin is chosen; the sample-driven SGD stops after TTT updates; the projection onto HHH is a chosen nearest point, unique for closed convex HHH. Bounds are stated for every w⋆w^\starw⋆ in the ball (or in HHH) rather than for a minimizer, which is what the proofs give and is stronger. The oracle bound ∥g(w,z)∥≤ρ\|g(w,z)\| \le \rho∥g(w,z)∥≤ρ is required surely (the book: with probability 111); the almost-sure version is a routine extension. The second-moment hypothesis of Theorem 14.11 is a lower Lebesgue integral, so that a non-integrable oracle cannot satisfy it vacuously. The learning corollaries assume a measurable loss, nonnegative and bounded at the origin, so that the risks are genuine integrals, and a measurable selector of subgradients. Variable step sizes (§14.4.2), other averaging schemes (§14.4.3), SGD for regularized loss minimization (§14.5.3) and the exercises are not stated.

Trivializing readings are excluded: the expectations are over the product law of the examples with measurable integrands, the subgradient conditions are pointwise inequalities, and the iteration counts are the book's. Welcome contributions: Lemma 14.1 as a reusable telescoping lemma, the measurability of the SGD iterates, and the Fubini step that turns an oracle condition into the inequality (14.10).

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 14. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • H. Robbins, S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22(3), 1951. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • M. Zinkevich, Online convex programming and generalized infinitesimal gradient ascent, Proceedings of ICML, 2003.
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19(4), 2009. doi:10.1137/070704277
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online learning and online convex optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2), 2012. doi:10.1561/2200000018
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: naimengye

Understanding Machine Learning IX: Convex Learning Problems, Regularization and StabilityTextbook

Motivation

Chapters 12 and 13 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms (doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019) leave binary classification for the general framework in which a hypothesis is a vector w∈Rdw \in \mathbb{R}^dw∈Rd and the loss ℓ(w,z)\ell(w, z)ℓ(w,z) is a convex function of www. Convexity makes the ERM problem tractable (Lemma 12.11), but Examples 12.8 and 12.9 show that convexity, even with a bounded class, does not by itself make a problem learnable: one-dimensional linear regression with the squared loss defeats every learner. The chapter therefore isolates two families, the convex-Lipschitz-bounded and the convex-smooth-bounded problems (Definitions 12.12 and 12.13), and Chapter 13 proves that both are learnable, not by ERM but by Regularized Loss Minimization with Tikhonov regularization, A(S)∈argmin⁡wLS(w)+λ∥w∥2A(S) \in \operatorname{argmin}_w L_S(w) + \lambda\|w\|^2A(S)∈argminw​LS​(w)+λ∥w∥2. The proof goes through a new idea: stability. Theorem 13.2 expresses the expected overfitting E[LD(A(S))−LS(A(S))]\mathbb{E}[L_D(A(S)) - L_S(A(S))]E[LD​(A(S))−LS​(A(S))] exactly as the expected effect of replacing one training example, strong convexity of the regularized objective bounds that effect (Lemma 13.5, Corollaries 13.6 and 13.7), and balancing the regularization against the fit gives oracle inequalities (Corollaries 13.8 and 13.10) and sample-complexity guarantees (Corollaries 13.9 and 13.11), with ridge regression as the worked example (Theorem 13.1).

Setting

Hypotheses are vectors in Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd with the Euclidean norm, as in Mission VI; risk, empirical risk, the product law of a sample and agnostic PAC learnability are those of Mission I. A problem is convex when HHH is convex and every ℓ(⋅,z)\ell(\cdot, z)ℓ(⋅,z) is convex; it is convex-Lipschitz-bounded with parameters ρ,B\rho, Bρ,B when moreover ∥w∥≤B\|w\| \le B∥w∥≤B on HHH and every ℓ(⋅,z)\ell(\cdot, z)ℓ(⋅,z) is ρ\rhoρ-Lipschitz on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd, and convex-smooth-bounded with parameters β,B\beta, Bβ,B when every ℓ(⋅,z)\ell(\cdot, z)ℓ(⋅,z) is nonnegative and differentiable with a β\betaβ-Lipschitz gradient. Lipschitzness and smoothness are required on all of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd because the RLM rule is unconstrained and its outputs need not lie in HHH. The RLM rule is a relation: www is an output on SSS if it minimizes LS(w)+λ∥w∥2L_S(w) + \lambda\|w\|^2LS​(w)+λ∥w∥2 over Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd, and a learner implements the rule if all its outputs are minimizers. For the losses of the chapter the minimizer exists and is unique. Given S=(z1,…,zm)S = (z_1, \dots, z_m)S=(z1​,…,zm​) and a further example z′z'z′, S(i)S^{(i)}S(i) is SSS with ziz_izi​ replaced by z′z'z′; a learner is on-average-replace-one-stable with rate ϵ(m)\epsilon(m)ϵ(m) if E(S,z′)∼Dm+1, i∼U(m)[ℓ(A(S(i)),zi)−ℓ(A(S),zi)]≤ϵ(m)\mathbb{E}_{(S,z') \sim D^{m+1},\, i \sim U(m)}[\ell(A(S^{(i)}), z_i) - \ell(A(S), z_i)] \le \epsilon(m)E(S,z′)∼Dm+1,i∼U(m)​[ℓ(A(S(i)),zi​)−ℓ(A(S),zi​)]≤ϵ(m) for every distribution. Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn, which is Definition 13.4 verbatim.

Expectations over samples are integrals against product laws. For them to be genuine, the theorems about arbitrary learners assume a jointly measurable loss bounded by a constant and a measurable learner, and the theorems about RLM assume a jointly measurable, nonnegative loss bounded at the origin and a measurable learner; for RLM the latter is automatic, since the minimizer is unique.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 13.9

For a convex-Lipschitz-bounded problem with parameters ρ,B>0\rho, B > 0ρ,B>0 and the RLM learner with λ(m)=2ρ2/(B2m)\lambda(m) = \sqrt{2\rho^2/(B^2 m)}λ(m)=2ρ2/(B2m)​: for every distribution, every m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 and every w∈Hw \in Hw∈H, ES[LD(A(S))]≤LD(w)+ρB8/m\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S))] \le L_D(w) + \rho B\sqrt{8/m}ES​[LD​(A(S))]≤LD​(w)+ρB8/m​; hence for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 and m≥8ρ2B2/ϵ2m \ge 8\rho^2B^2/\epsilon^2m≥8ρ2B2/ϵ2, ES[LD(A(S))]≤LD(w)+ϵ\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S))] \le L_D(w) + \epsilonES​[LD​(A(S))]≤LD​(w)+ϵ.

Milestones

Examples 12.8–12.9. Linear regression on R\mathbb{R}R with the squared loss is not agnostic PAC learnable, over H=RH = \mathbb{R}H=R or over H=[−1,1]H = [-1, 1]H=[−1,1].

Theorem 13.2. For any measurable learner and m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, ES[LD(A(S))−LS(A(S))]\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S)) - L_S(A(S))]ES​[LD​(A(S))−LS​(A(S))] equals the replace-one expectation of (13.6).

Lemma 13.5. λ∥w∥2\lambda\|w\|^2λ∥w∥2 is 2λ2\lambda2λ-strongly convex; a strongly convex function plus a convex one is strongly convex; at a minimizer uuu of a λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex fff, f(w)−f(u)≥λ2∥w−u∥2f(w) - f(u) \ge \frac\lambda2\|w - u\|^2f(w)−f(u)≥2λ​∥w−u∥2.

Corollary 13.6. For a convex ρ\rhoρ-Lipschitz loss and λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, RLM satisfies ℓ(A(S(i)),zi)−ℓ(A(S),zi)≤2ρ2/(λm)\ell(A(S^{(i)}), z_i) - \ell(A(S), z_i) \le 2\rho^2/(\lambda m)ℓ(A(S(i)),zi​)−ℓ(A(S),zi​)≤2ρ2/(λm) for every S,z′,iS, z', iS,z′,i, is stable with that rate, and has ES[LD(A(S))−LS(A(S))]≤2ρ2/(λm)\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S)) - L_S(A(S))] \le 2\rho^2/(\lambda m)ES​[LD​(A(S))−LS​(A(S))]≤2ρ2/(λm).

Corollary 13.7. For a convex, nonnegative, β\betaβ-smooth loss and λ≥2β/m\lambda \ge 2\beta/mλ≥2β/m, the replace-one expectation is at most (48β/(λm)) E[LS(A(S))](48\beta/(\lambda m))\,\mathbb{E}[L_S(A(S))](48β/(λm))E[LS​(A(S))], and at most 48βC/(λm)48\beta C/(\lambda m)48βC/(λm) if ℓ(0,z)≤C\ell(0, z) \le Cℓ(0,z)≤C.

Corollary 13.8. ES[LD(A(S))]≤LD(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2+2ρ2/(λm)\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S))] \le L_D(w^*) + \lambda\|w^*\|^2 + 2\rho^2/(\lambda m)ES​[LD​(A(S))]≤LD​(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2+2ρ2/(λm) for every w∗w^*w∗.

Corollary 13.10. ES[LD(A(S))]≤(1+48β/(λm)) ES[LS(A(S))]≤(1+48β/(λm))(LD(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2)\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S))] \le (1 + 48\beta/(\lambda m))\,\mathbb{E}_S[L_S(A(S))] \le (1 + 48\beta/(\lambda m))(L_D(w^*) + \lambda\|w^*\|^2)ES​[LD​(A(S))]≤(1+48β/(λm))ES​[LS​(A(S))]≤(1+48β/(λm))(LD​(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2).

Corollary 13.11. A convex-smooth-bounded problem with ℓ(0,z)≤1\ell(0, z) \le 1ℓ(0,z)≤1 is learned by RLM with λ=ϵ/(3B2)\lambda = \epsilon/(3B^2)λ=ϵ/(3B2) once m≥150βB2/ϵ2m \ge 150\beta B^2/\epsilon^2m≥150βB2/ϵ2.

Theorem 13.1. Ridge regression on the unit ball with labels in [−1,1][-1, 1][−1,1], λ=ϵ/(3B2)\lambda = \epsilon/(3B^2)λ=ϵ/(3B2) and m≥150B2/ϵ2m \ge 150 B^2/\epsilon^2m≥150B2/ϵ2 has ES[LD(A(S))]≤min⁡∥w∥≤BLD(w)+ϵ\mathbb{E}_S[L_D(A(S))] \le \min_{\|w\| \le B} L_D(w) + \epsilonES​[LD​(A(S))]≤min∥w∥≤B​LD​(w)+ϵ.

Further items: Lemma 12.11, the hinge loss as a convex surrogate of the 0–1 loss, the stability-implies-no-overfitting remark of §13.2, and the ridge regression system (13.4)–(13.5).

Significance

Stability is the third route to learnability in the book after uniform convergence and nonuniform learnability, and the only one that applies to convex-Lipschitz-bounded problems in general, for which uniform convergence can fail (the book's Exercise 13.2). The chain from strong convexity through replace-one stability to oracle inequalities is the template for the analysis of every regularized learner, and Theorem 13.2 is an exact identity, not a bound. Ridge regression, support vector machines (Chapter 15) and the regularized algorithms of later chapters are all instances.

Nothing here is machine-checked. The sample sizes of Corollary 13.11 and Theorem 13.1 are the book's 150150150. Chaining Corollary 13.10 as printed would need 216216216, but the derivation of Corollary 13.7 actually gives the stability rate 20β/(λm)20\beta/(\lambda m)20β/(λm), with which 909090 suffices.

Difficulty

Lemma 12.11 and the hinge surrogate are direct. Lemma 13.5 is elementary but part (3) needs the limit α→0\alpha \to 0α→0 of the strong-convexity inequality at a minimizer. Examples 12.8–12.9 require constructing the two finitely supported distributions of the book and computing the risk of a fixed output on each; the probability that all mmm examples are of the second type is at least 0.990.990.99 under both, and the deterministic learner's output on that sample decides which distribution defeats it. Theorem 13.2 is the exchangeability argument of the book: E[ℓ(A(S),z′)]=E[ℓ(A(S(i)),zi)]\mathbb{E}[\ell(A(S), z')] = \mathbb{E}[\ell(A(S^{(i)}), z_i)]E[ℓ(A(S),z′)]=E[ℓ(A(S(i)),zi​)] because swapping ziz_izi​ and z′z'z′ preserves the product law; the formal work is the measure-preserving transposition on Zm+1Z^{m+1}Zm+1 and the integrability of the functions involved. Corollaries 13.6 and 13.7 follow the book's pointwise derivation from (13.7) to (13.11) and (13.12) to (13.14), where the smooth case uses the self-boundedness ∥∇ℓ∥2≤2βℓ\|\nabla\ell\|^2 \le 2\beta\ell∥∇ℓ∥2≤2βℓ of nonnegative smooth functions and the inequality (a+b)2≤3(a2+b2)(a + b)^2 \le 3(a^2 + b^2)(a+b)2≤3(a2+b2); passing to expectations then uses Theorem 13.2 and, for the smooth case, the symmetry E[ℓ(A(S(i)),z′)]=E[ℓ(A(S),zi)]\mathbb{E}[\ell(A(S^{(i)}), z')] = \mathbb{E}[\ell(A(S), z_i)]E[ℓ(A(S(i)),z′)]=E[ℓ(A(S),zi​)]. Corollaries 13.8 to 13.11 are the arithmetic of the book once (13.16), E[LS(A(S))]≤LD(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2\mathbb{E}[L_S(A(S))] \le L_D(w^*) + \lambda\|w^*\|^2E[LS​(A(S))]≤LD​(w∗)+λ∥w∗∥2, is in hand, with the corrected constant for 13.11. The ridge system is the gradient condition for a strongly convex quadratic, and Theorem 13.1 is Corollary 13.11 applied to 12(⟨w,x⟩−y)2\frac12(\langle w, x\rangle - y)^221​(⟨w,x⟩−y)2, which is ∥x∥2\|x\|^2∥x∥2-smooth with ℓ(0,z)=y2/2≤1/2\ell(0, z) = y^2/2 \le 1/2ℓ(0,z)=y2/2≤1/2 on the support. In every expectation statement the measurability of S↦A(S)S \mapsto A(S)S↦A(S) for the RLM rule, which the theorems take as a hypothesis, is provable from uniqueness of the minimizer and is worth a lemma.

Formalization scope

Losses are real-valued functions of a vector and an example; Lipschitz and smoothness conditions are global on Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd. The RLM rule is a minimizer relation with the regularization parameter as an explicit argument, and Corollary 13.9's learner uses a parameter depending on mmm. Stability quantifies over m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 and averages over the replaced index. Expectation statements carry measurability hypotheses that make every integral genuine, and the theorems about arbitrary learners assume a bounded loss. The minimum over HHH is stated as "for every w∈Hw \in Hw∈H", so no minimizer is needed. Definitions 12.1–12.9 and Claims 12.4–12.9 (general convex analysis) are not restated, nor are Examples 12.10–12.11, the discussion of §12.3 beyond the surrogate property, Remark 13.1, and Exercises 12.1–12.4 and 13.1–13.2.

Trivializing readings are excluded: the nonlearnability examples are stated as negations of the framework's learnability, the stability identity is an equality with both sides genuine integrals, and the constants of the oracle inequalities are the book's. Welcome contributions: the transposition invariance of product laws behind Theorem 13.2, the bound ∥A(S)∥2≤LS(0)/λ\|A(S)\|^2 \le L_S(0)/\lambda∥A(S)∥2≤LS​(0)/λ for RLM outputs, the measurability of the RLM minimizer, and the self-boundedness inequality (12.6).

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapters 12 and 13. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • O. Bousquet, A. Elisseeff, Stability and generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2, 2002.
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro, K. Sridharan, Learnability, stability and uniform convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010.
  • A. N. Tikhonov, On the stability of inverse problems, Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR 39(5), 1943.
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511804441
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 24 of 29Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me